The following amendments have been
made to the 'Results for the year ended 30 June 2024' announcement
released on 26 September 2024 at 07:00:13 under RNS No
7127F.
The previously detailed proposed
final dividend payment for 2025 of the "15 November 2025" in the
"Financial Calendar for the financial year ending 30 June 2025" has
been corrected to "13 November 2025".
All other details remain
unchanged.
The full amended text is shown
below.
26 September 2024
Hansard Global
plc
Results for the year ended
30 June 2024
Underlying profit up,
dividend maintained and positioned for future
growth
Hansard Global plc ("Hansard" or
"the Group"), the specialist long-term savings provider, issues its
full-year results for the year ended 30 June 2024 ("FY
2024").
Summary
|
FY 2024
|
FY
2023
|
New business sales - PVNBP
1 basis
|
£77.8m
|
£85.7m
|
IFRS profit before tax
|
£5.3m
|
£5.9m
|
Underlying profit
|
£8.5m
|
£7.4m
|
Recommended final dividend per
share 2
|
2.65p
|
2.65p
|
IFRS earnings per share
|
3.80p
|
4.10p
|
As at
|
30 June
|
30
June
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
Assets under
Administration
|
£1.15bn
|
£1.10bn
|
Value of In-Force
|
£110.8m
|
£124.4m
|
1 Present Value of New Business Premiums
2 Subject to approval at the AGM
Thomas Morfett, Group Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, commented:
"The 2024 financial year delivered
solid profits for the group despite targeted investment for future
growth, as transactional fee income increased, and the Group
continued to pursue opportunities to generate investment
revenue.
Although 2024 saw a continuation
of the challenging trends for new business, encouragingly we saw an
increase in new business over the second half of the year compared
to the first half following the launch of our new portfolio bond in
January.
We have delivered a key strategic
initiative with the implementation of our new policy administration
system. In addition, the signing of the distribution agreement with
Guardian is an important initial step in the
realisation of our long-term strategy associated with our
Japanese investment management licence.
The board recommends maintaining
the dividend in line with last year."
NEW BUSINESS
As previously announced, our new
business levels were £77.8m on a Present Value of New Business
Premiums ("PVNBP") basis, down 9.2% from £85.7m in FY
2023.
Despite the year-on-year reduction
in new business, the level of PVNBP for the second half of the year
was greater than the first half of the year, up 14.9% from £36.2m
to £41.6m, reflecting increased sales of single premium business
following the launch of the new portfolio bond in January. This is
the first half-year on half-year increase in PVNBP since the second
half of 2021. We continue to pursue opportunities to improve levels
of new business.
Earlier this year we launched our
new portfolio bond through Hansard Worldwide and announced the
signing of a distribution agreement with Guardian Japan Kabushiki
Kaisha ("Guardian") to distribute our two regulated products for
the Japanese market, two initiatives that will position the Group
for future growth.
TRADING RESULTS
IFRS profit before tax for the
year was £5.3m, down from £5.9m in FY 2023. Excluding litigation
defence costs and other non-recurring provisions, underlying profit
was £8.5m compared with £7.4m in FY 2023.
Fee and commission income was
£48.8m for the year (FY 2023: £45.7m) with increased
transaction-based income in Hansard International and Hansard
Worldwide.
Income on shareholder investments
was £4.7m for the year (FY 2023: £3.5m), with a continued focus on
leveraging Group cash balances to maximise returns.
Administrative and other expenses
were £33.3m for the year (FY 2023: £29.0m). The Group maintained
tight control over general operational overheads and expenses
despite inflationary pressures, with targeted investment to
generate opportunities for future growth and the commencement of
depreciation following the implementation the new policy
administration system.
Value in Force ("VIF") is a
measure of the future profits expected to be generated from the
business. It discounts future expected shareholder profits reduced
for the cost of holding the capital required to support the
business. VIF totaled £110.8m as at 30 June 2024 compared to
£124.4m at 30 June 2023. This reduction has primarily arisen
because the profits earned during the year are higher than the
expected future profits on new business written during the year. We
have also revised some assumptions with regards to future
policyholder behaviour and expenses which have negatively impacted
the VIF.
Assets under administration were
£1.15bn as at 30 June 2024, up from £1.10bn at 30 June
2023.
policyholder LITIGATION
The Group continues to manage
carefully its litigation exposures relating to the legacy
operations. We continue to believe
we have strong defences against the claims being
made.
Contingent liabilities arising out
of outstanding writs were £20.2m as at 30
June 2024 compared to £22.4m as at 30 June 2023.
During the year the Group
successfully defended eight cases with net exposures of
approximately £1.3m, five of which may be appealed by the
plaintiffs. These successes continue to affirm confidence in the
Group's legal arguments. Our policy is to maintain contingent
liabilities even where we win cases in the court of first instance
if such cases have been subsequently appealed.
OUTLOOK
Although the external environment
remains challenging, we have progressed strategic and tactical
initiatives. The launch of the new
portfolio bond, the new Japanese proposition, and other products
currently in development, present significant new opportunities for
sales. We expect the recent trend of
increasing PVNBP to continue as our new propositions gain momentum,
noting that it takes a significant period of time for sales to
generate a material change in IFRS profits given the long-term
nature of our business, where profits are recognised over the life
of a contract, so new sales contribute positively to profitability
over a number of years.
The implementation of the new
policy administration system has given the Group the platform
required for expansion in the coming years and will facilitate a
simpler approach to product development in future.
Following the implementation of
the system, we have commenced the depreciation charges in the
income statement. 2025 will be the first financial year where we
will see a full year's depreciation charge, which will amount to a
cost of £1.6m. Although this will reduce the published IFRS profit,
the system development is no longer a cash cost to the
Group.
We expect to be able to take
actions in the next financial year to deliver costs savings from
efficiencies arising from the new system, with the benefit to IFRS
profit realised from the following financial year
onwards.
The business continues to make
targeted investments in new product offerings, to build on the
product developments already delivered, and to ensure the Group is
well positioned for the future. In financial year 2025, the Group
expects to incur modest development costs, which are expected to be
expensed as incurred.
Considering the above factors, we
expect a short-term decline in the profitability of the Group
measured using IFRS in financial year 2025, before recovering in
2026.
However, the Group has no external
debt and the Group's regulatory solvency cover, a key measure used
to assess dividend-paying capability, is calculated primarily on
the basis of non-IFRS measures and is expected to remain
strong.
We look forward to reporting
further progress in due course.
DIVIDENDS
The Board has proposed a final
dividend of 2.65p per share, the same level as last
year.
This dividend, if approved by the
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 13 November 2024,
represents a total dividend of 4.45p (2023: 4.45p) per share in
respect of the financial year. Upon approval, the dividend will be
paid on 14 November 2024 to shareholders on the register on 4
October 2024. The associated ex-dividend date is 3 October
2024.
HALF-YEARLY RESULTS
The results for the half-year are
expected to be published on 6 March 2025.
For further information:
Hansard Global
plc
+44 (0) 1624 688 000
Thomas Morfett, Group Chief
Executive Officer
& Chief Financial
Officer
Email:
investor-relations@hansard.com
Camarco
+44 (0) 7990 653 341
Ben Woodford, Hugo
Liddy
Notes to editors:
· Hansard Global plc is the holding company of the Hansard
Group of companies. The Company was listed on the London Stock
Exchange in December 2006. The Group is a specialist long-term
savings provider, based in the Isle of Man.
· The
Group offers a range of flexible and tax-efficient investment
products within a life assurance policy wrapper, designed to appeal
to affluent, international investors.
· The
Group utilises a controlled cost distribution model via a network
of independent financial advisors, and the retail operations of
certain financial institutions who provide access to their clients
in more than 170 countries. The Group's distribution model is
supported by Hansard OnLine, a multi-language internet platform,
and is scalable.
· The
principal geographic markets in which the Group currently services
contract holders and financial advisors are the Middle East &
Africa, the Far East and Latin America. These markets are
served by Hansard International Limited and Hansard Worldwide
Limited.
· Hansard Europe dac previously operated in Western Europe but
closed to new business with effect from 30 June 2013.
· The
Group's objective is to grow by attracting new business and
positioning itself to adapt rapidly to market trends and
conditions. The scalability and flexibility of the Group's
operations allow it to enter or develop new geographic markets and
exploit growth opportunities within existing markets often without
the need for significant further investment.
Forward-looking statements:
This announcement may contain
certain forward-looking statements with respect to certain of
Hansard Global plc's plans and its current goals and expectations
relating to future financial condition, performance and results. By
their nature forward-looking statements involve risk and
uncertainties because they relate to future events and
circumstances which are beyond Hansard Global plc's control. As a
result, Hansard Global plc's actual future condition, performance
and results may differ materially from the plans, goals and
expectations set out in Hansard Global plc's forward-looking
statements. Hansard Global plc does not undertake to update
forward-looking statements contained in this announcement or any
other forward-looking statement it may make. No statement in this
announcement is intended to be a profit forecast or be relied upon
as a guide for future performance.
This announcement contains inside
information which is disclosed in accordance with the Market Abuse
Regime.
Legal Entity Identifier:
213800ZJ9F2EA3Q24K05
Chairman's Statement
Introduction
I am pleased to present the
Group's annual report for the financial year ended 30 June
2024.
Whilst the external environment
for new business remains challenging, we have continued to invest
and position our business for the long-term and have successfully
progressed key strategic and tactical initiatives during the year.
These include the launch of our new portfolio bond through Hansard
Worldwide in January, and the signing of the distribution agreement
with Guardian Japan Kabushiki Kaisha ("Guardian") in June, two
initiatives that will position the Group for future growth. In
addition, the implementation of our new policy administration
system was completed during March, representing the culmination of a major strategic initiative that we expect to
benefit our policyholders, distribution partners, and Group
performance through enhanced operational efficiency, increased
scalability, and cost savings.
We have developed two new
regulated products for the Japanese domestic market, available to
Japan resident investors looking to access a wide range of
international funds via our award-winning online platform. The
Board and I remain confident in the future opportunities for the
business.
Graham Sheward retired from the
Board with effect from 2 August. I thank Graham for his time with
the Group, during which significant
progress was made with the achievement of long-standing strategic
objectives, and I wish him the very best
for the future. Thomas Morfett has accepted the role of Chief
Executive Officer, and the Board is in advanced discussions with a
strong candidate for the role of Chief Financial Officer. Christine
Theodorovics stepped down from the Board on 29 February following
her appointment as CEO of Baloise Luxembourg, and I would like to
thank Christine for her advice and candour during her
tenure.
The Company is committed to
increasing diversity at board level. Supported by an
independent executive search firm we are in the process of
appointing two experienced female Independent Non-executive
Directors to the Board. The first appointment is Noel
Harwerth OBE, who was appointed to the Board on 23 September, and
we expect to announce the second appointment later in the calendar
year.
Financial performance
Our IFRS profit before tax for the
year was £5.3m, down from £5.9m in 2023.
Fees and commissions increased by
£3.1m to £48.8m for the year (2023: £45.7m), with improved
transactional income in Hansard International and Hansard
Worldwide.
Returns on group investments
improved to £4.7m for the year (2023: £3.5m) as a result of the
Group increasing its focus on cash and liquidity
management.
Administrative and other expenses
were £33.3m for the year, compared to £29.0m in 2023, as the Group
positions itself for future growth and development.
Further detail and analysis are
contained in the Business and Financial Review on pages 11 to
21.
New business
New business for the 2024
financial year was £77.8m (using the PVNBP metric), down 9.2% from
£85.7m in 2023. Going forwards, our refreshed product portfolio
will present new opportunities for the business to increase
sales.
We are continuing to pursue
further opportunities to improve new business levels as outlined in
the Business and Financial Review.
Capitalisation and solvency
The Group remains well capitalised
to meet the requirements of regulators, contract holders,
intermediaries, and other stakeholders.
On a risk-based capital basis,
total Group Free Assets in excess of the Solvency Capital
Requirements of the Group were £39.4m (2023: £44.6m), a coverage of
149% (2023: 156%). We have maintained our prudent investment policy
for shareholder assets, which minimises market risk and has
provided a stable and resilient solvency position over many years
and economic cycles.
Dividends
The Board has resolved to pay a
final dividend of 2.65p per share (2023: 2.65p). In making
this decision, the Board has carefully considered its current and
future cash flows, the risks and potential impact of the global
economic situation, the outlook for future growth and profitability
and the views of key stakeholders, including shareholders and
regulators.
The dividend is subject to
approval at the Annual General Meeting. If approved, this
will represent total dividends for the financial year of 4.45p per
share (2023: 4.45p). Upon approval, the final dividend will
be paid on 14 November 2024. The ex-dividend date will be 3 October
2024 and the record date will be 4 October 2024.
Looking forward
The Company's investment in new
systems and products, which are focused on satisfying customer
needs, delivered higher sales in the second half of the financial
year ended 30 June 2024, and we expect to see a continuation of
this increased demand for our products in the year to 30 June 2025.
This will position the Group well for the future. While we will
maintain our focus on targeted cost savings to offset the impact of
inflation and increased depreciation, we expect to see a short-term
decline in the Group's IFRS profit next year. The Company's
solvency, however, is forecast to remain strong. Further detail is
contained in the Future Prospects section on page 16.
Philip Kay
Chair
25 September 2024
GROUP CEO REVIEW
I am delighted to present my first
report as Group CEO. We have delivered stable financial results for
the year despite continued economic headwinds and challenges with
our target markets. We have continued to maximise returns on Group
cash and have positioned the business for future growth through
controlled expenditure on strategic initiatives.
In March we successfully completed
the implementation of our policy administration system which we
expect to deliver efficiency gains and costs savings in
future.
We announced in June that Hansard
International has signed a distribution agreement with Guardian in
Japan. This represents an important initial step
in the realisation of our long-term
strategy associated with our
Japanese investment management licenceand is testament to the
dedication and perseverance of our staff and colleagues around the
world. Guardian is led by a management team with a wealth of
experience in Japan and will promote and distribute our two new
Japanese-regulated products to the domestic market via our
award-winning online platform. We
will continue to focus on revitalising our product pipeline
following the launch of our new portfolio bond through Hansard
Worldwide earlier this year.
The company has maintained tight
control of operational costs during the period, while targeting
spending on future strategic initiatives. Cost savings are expected
to be achieved from the efficiencies introduced by the new system
during the upcoming financial year, although these will be
partially offset by the amortisation of costs associated with the
development of the system. We have been able to maintain the
quantum of the dividend we pay to shareholders, whilst building the
foundations for future growth in our business.
At the October 2023 International
Investment awards, we received further recognition for the level of
service provided to our clients and advisers with the Excellence in
Client Service (Africa region) and Excellence in Fintech
awards.
I would like to thank the
Executive Committee and
Hansard Group colleagues, who have demonstrated a
high level of determination and purpose to progress and deliver on
our key strategic and tactical initiatives this
year. During this challenging period our employee engagement
results have remained broadly consistent which is testament to our
people and their resilience. Whilst we are beginning to see the
fruit of our work there remains much to do, and I am committed to
continuing the journey with my colleagues throughout the Group.
RESULTS FOR THE YEAR UNDER REVIEW
I draw your attention to the
following items below. Additional information is contained in the
Business and Financial Review on pages 11 to 21.
1. New
business distribution
New business for the 2024
financial year was £77.8m (using the PVNBP metric), down 9.2% from
£85.7m in FY 2023. Despite the year-on-year reduction in new
business, more PVNBP was sold during the second half of the year
than the first, up 14.9% from £36.2m to £41.6m, reflecting
increased sales of single premium business following the launch of
the new portfolio bond in January. This is the first half-year on
half-year increase in PVNBP since the second half of 2021. We
continue to pursue opportunities to improve levels of new business
as outlined in the Business and Financial Review.
2.
Operational, Business and Financial Risks
Our business model involves the
acceptance of risk on a managed and controlled basis. The Group's
Enterprise Risk Management ("ERM") Framework continues to provide
for the identification, assessment, management, control and
reporting of current and emerging risks, recognising that
systems of internal control can only provide
reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement
or loss. The Group's internal control and risk management processes
have operated satisfactorily throughout the year under review, with
the benefit of iterative enhancements as we continue to embed our
approach and benefit from the relative maturity of the ERM
Framework.
2.1 Litigation
Risk
As explained more fully in the
Business and Financial Review, we continue to manage complaints and
litigation arising from our closed book, Hansard Europe dac, where
the assets linked to contracts written before 2014 have fallen in
value or become illiquid. Hansard does not and did not give
investment advice and was not therefore party to the selection of
policy assets, and we maintain that such claims have no merit
against Hansard.
As at 30 June 2024, the Group had
been served with writs with a cumulative net exposure
totalling €24.3m, or £20.6m
in sterling terms (30 June 2023: €26.1m / £22.4m)
arising from contract holder complaints and other asset
performance-related issues.
3.
Hansard
OnLine
Our award-winning
technology 'Hansard OnLine' (used by independent
financial advisers ("IFAs")) and
'Online Accounts' (used by clients)
are key aspects of our proposition
and an integral part of
the Group's operating model that
allows us to better service IFAs and clients,
embed process efficiencies and be flexible in operational
deployment.
In March 2024, Hansard OnLine and
Online Accounts were successfully migrated to a new system
environment, marking the culmination of a major strategic objective
that enables us to build on an already award-winning, online
proposition. In addition, the new platform will be central to the
development and quick deployment of new products going forwards.
Further information concerning Hansard
OnLine is set out in the Business and Financial Review on pages 11
to 21.
4. Operating
cash flows and dividends
The Group generates operating cash
flows to fund investment in the business, new business origination
and to support dividend payments.
As outlined in the Cash Flow
analysis section of the Business and Financial Review,
the Group generated £3.0m in overall net
cash inflows before dividends (2023: outflows of £1.6m), after
commission and other new business acquisition costs of £8.1m (2023:
£8.5m) and the investment of £3.9m (2023: £6.6m) in IT software and
equipment expenditure. Dividends of £6.1m were paid in the
financial year (2023: £5.9m).
A final dividend of 2.65p per
share has been proposed by the Board and will be considered at the
Annual General Meeting on 13 November 2024. If approved, this
will represent total dividends for the financial year of 4.45p per
share (2023: 4.45p).
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Results for the year
Financial performance is
summarised as follows. A detailed review of performance is set out
in the Business and Financial Review that follows this
report.
|
FY 2024
|
FY 2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
New business sales - PVNBP
|
77.8
|
85.7
|
IFRS profit before tax
|
5.3
|
5.9
|
Underlying IFRS profit
|
8.5
|
7.4
|
Assets under Administration
|
1,150.9
|
1,101.5
|
Value of In-Force (regulatory basis)
|
110.8
|
124.4
|
IFRS results
IFRS profit before tax for the
year was £5.3m, compared with £5.9m in 2023. After
eliminating litigation and non-recurring items, as shown on page
13, the underlying IFRS profit (a non-GAAP metric) was £8.5m, up
from £7.4m in 2023.
Fees and commissions were £48.8m
for the year (2023: £45.7m). Fees from Hansard International and
Hansard Worldwide were up £2.9m to £46.5m from 2023, reflecting an
increase in activity-based fees. Income from our closed book,
Hansard Europe dac, increased marginally prior year.
Returns on group investments
increased to £4.7m (2023: £3.5m) as the Group took advantage of
continued higher yields on bank deposits.
Administrative and other expenses
were £33.3m for the year, compared to £29.0m in 2023, as we have
targeted additional investment to provide capacity and capability
for growth.
Origination costs to acquire new
business of £16.1m is marginally down on the 2023 result (£16.2m).
Origination costs incurred in the year in respect of new business
decreased to £10.3m (2023: £11.5m). Net amortisation of deferred
origination costs increased to £5.8m (2023: £4.7m).
Further details and analysis are
contained in the Business and Financial Review on pages 11 to 21.
Capitalisation and solvency
Our key financial objective is to
ensure that the Group's solvency is managed safely through the
economic cycle to meet the requirements of regulators, contract
holders, intermediaries, and shareholders. The Group continues to
be well capitalised.
Under risk-based capital
methodologies, total Group Free Assets in excess of the Solvency
Capital Requirements of the Group were £39.4m (2023: £44.6m), a coverage of
149% (2023: 156%). Shareholder assets are typically held in a
wide range of deposit institutions, investment grade corporate
bonds, and highly rated money market liquidity funds. This prudent
investment policy for shareholder assets minimises market risk and
has provided a stable and resilient position over recent
years.
our people
Our people remain critical to our
success, and I would like to recognise and reiterate my thanks to
each of my colleagues for their continued commitment, flexibility,
and resilience in managing both our on-going day-to-day operations
and our key strategic projects.
I have been delighted by the
consistent level of engagement seen within our programme of
cultural change and look forward to continuing in our goals of
fostering an engaged and innovative workforce to meet our ambitions
and the expectations of our stakeholders.
THE YEAR AHEAD
The global economic situation
remains challenging, with residual pressures from high inflation
and economic uncertainty continuing to cause hesitancy amongst our
target clients and with declining interest rates expected to reduce
opportunities for returns on group investments in the coming year.
We will continue to target cost savings to help mitigate the impact
of inflation in previous years, along with the impact of increased
depreciation costs. Our investment in new
products and systems has delivered higher sales in the second half
of the year, and we expect to see increased demand for our products
focused on satisfying customer needs, positioning us well for the
future.
Thomas Morfett
Group Chief Executive Officer
25 September 2024
OUR BUSINESS MODEL AND STRATEGY
Our Business Model and Strategy
Hansard is a specialist long-term
savings provider that has been providing
innovative financial solutions for international clients since
1987. We focus on helping our customers with savings and investment
products in secure life assurance wrappers to meet their long-term
savings and investment objectives.
We administer assets in excess of
£1 billion for just under 40,000 client accounts around the
world.
We believe that the following
areas are fundamental for the continued success of the
Group:
· Proposition enhancement, product improvement and
diversification of our distribution channels to enable generation
of significant flows of new business from identified target
markets.
· Leveraging our policy administration system to drive business
efficiency.
· Proactively managing our cash flows through the cycle to fund
the appropriate balance of investment in new business and
dividends.
· Managing and mitigating our exposure to business
risks.
· Positioning ourselves to incorporate increasing levels of
regulation into our business model.
Business Model
The Company's head office is in
Douglas, Isle of Man, and its principal subsidiaries operate from
the Isle of Man, The Bahamas and the Republic of
Ireland.
Hansard International is
authorised by the Isle of Man Financial
Services Authority and has a branch in
Malaysia, authorised by the Labuan Financial Services Authority, to
support business flows from Asian growth economies. The Company
also has a branch in Japan to support its
Japanese proposition, which is authorised by the Japanese Financial
Services Agency. Through its relationship
with a local insurer in the UAE, Hansard International reinsures
business written in the UAE.
Hansard Worldwide underwrites
international and expatriate business around the world. It is
authorised by the Insurance Commission of The Bahamas.
Hansard Europe is authorised by
the Central Bank of Ireland. Hansard Europe ceased accepting new
business with effect from 30 June 2013.
Our products are designed to
appeal to affluent international investors, institutions, and
wealth-management groups. They are distributed exclusively through
independent financial advisers (IFAs) and the retail operations of
financial institutions.
Our network of Regional Sales
Managers provides local language-based support services to
independent financial advisors in key territories around the world,
supported by our multi-language online platform, Hansard
OnLine.
Vision and Strategy
Our vision for the Hansard Group
is:
"to share success with our clients by providing simple,
understandable and innovative financial
solutions".
To deliver this vision, client
outcomes will be the central focus within our business and,
consequently, we will seek to evolve all aspects of our products,
processes, and distribution in order to constantly
improve.
Our talented people are the
foundation of our business. We have created an empowering culture,
which values innovation, quality, integrity, and
respect.
Our strategy to improve, grow and
future-proof our business will be delivered through three key areas
of strategic focus:
i. Improve our
business: We will improve customer outcomes through the
introduction of new and innovative next generation products and
services to improve our competitiveness, focusing on the quality of
the IFAs with whom we work and continuing to drive the engagement
of our people within our business.
ii. Grow our business: In recent years we established a new
life company in The Bahamas, and we have recently signed a
distribution agreement with Guardian to access the Japanese
domestic market. We will continue to seek out opportunities for
additional distribution channels in other targeted jurisdictions in
future.
iii.
Future-proof our business: We actively consider new and innovative
technologies, propositions, and business models. It remains
critical to support the online and digital needs of our clients
alongside improving organisational efficiency and
scalability.
Products
The Group's products are
unit-linked regular or single premium life assurance and investment
contracts which offer access to a wide range of investment assets.
The contracts are flexible, secure and allow life assurance cover
or other features depending upon the needs of the client. The
contract benefits are directly linked to the value of assets that
are selected by, or on behalf of, the client. The Group does not
offer investment advice. Contract holders bear the investment
risk.
The Group's products do not
currently include any contracts with financial options and/or
guarantees regarding investment performance and hence the Group
carries no investment guarantee risk that can cause capital
strain.
As a result of high levels of
service, the nature of the Group's products, the functionality of
Hansard OnLine, and the ability of the contract holder to
reposition assets within a contract, we
aim to retain the contract holder relationship over the long
term.
Contract holder servicing and
related activities are performed by Hansard Administration Services
Limited, which is authorised by the Financial Services Authority of
the Isle of Man Government to act as an Insurance Manager to
insurance subsidiaries of the Group.
Revenues
The main sources of income for the
Group are the fees earned from the administration of insurance
contracts. These fees are largely fixed in nature and amount to
£43.7m (2023: £40.5m). Approximately 30% of the Group's revenues,
under IFRS are based upon the value of assets under
administration.
From this income we meet the
overheads of the business, invest in our business, remunerate our
distribution network, and pay dividends.
Managing Risk
Risk can arise from a combination
of macro events and company-specific matters. In the external
environment the ongoing geopolitical position and active
hostilities, combined with continued economic uncertainties, cost
of living pressures, accelerating technological change, climate
adaptation efforts and broader societal vulnerabilities have the
potential to cause significant volatility to stock markets, foreign
exchange markets, interest rates and expense inflation and the
capacity to impact our strategic initiatives, business plans and
operating resilience. We therefore continue to maintain a
robust, low risk balance sheet and remain committed to iterative development and enhancement of our
enterprise risk management system and controls. We believe this prudent approach to our governance, risk
management and internal arrangements remains appropriate
to meet the requirements of regulators, contract
holders, intermediaries, and shareholders.
Further details of our approach to
risk management, and the principal risks facing the Group, are
outlined in the Risk Management and Internal Control Section at
pages 22 to 30.
Hansard OnLine
Hansard is a regular recipient of numerous awards that recognise our reputation for innovation, via the
provision of market-leading online platforms that are used daily by
thousands of IFAs ('Hansard OnLine) and their clients ('Online
Accounts) around the globe. In March 2024,
Hansard OnLine and Online Accounts were successfully migrated to a
new system environment, marking the culmination of a major
strategic objective that enables us to build on an already
award-winning, online proposition. In addition, the new platform
will be central to the development and quick deployment of new,
future products.
Online Accounts
Thousands of existing Hansard
clients access their own personal, secure online account every
year. Online accounts are mobile friendly and have the capability
to provide these clients with a wealth of policy information, 24/7.
In addition to other functionality and benefits, clients
can:
·
Track the performance of their policy online,
with policy valuations and contribution details at the touch of a
button.
·
Access their online account with our new-look
mobile and tablet friendly platform, enabling access on the go,
wherever they are in the world.
·
Access their online account 24/7, safe in the
knowledge that their details are secure and protected.
·
Access a wealth of fund performance information,
facilitating better informed investment decisions in the future;
and
·
Stay informed in a language that they understand,
with Online Accounts being available in over 13 different
languages.
Excellent Customer Service
We strive to provide excellent
customer service to our clients and their IFAs. We have won
several external awards over the years, most recently in October
2023 when we won 'Excellence in Client Service - Industry (Africa
region)' and 'Excellence in Fintech' awards from International
Investment. We also maintained our five-star rating for Customer
Service by AKG Financial Analytics, in their 2023
review.
Cyber Security
Hansard has continued to invest in
its cyber security infrastructure with the implementation of a
Security Operations Centre, operating at an ISO27001 (Information
Technology Security Standard) standard, to provide further enhanced
surveillance of our systems and external threats.
Strategy DEVELOPMENT
Our current strategy has three
main aims:
i) To
capitalise on near term strategic opportunities.
ii)
To ensure the Group is well positioned to respond
and adapt to regulatory change and development; and
iii)
To consider and plan for longer term industry and
technological evolution.
During the past financial year, we
have progressed our two most significant near-term strategic
initiatives:
· implementation of our policy administration system,
and upgrading and streamlining our systems
and IT infrastructure; and
· signing a distribution agreement with Guardian enabling us to
bring to market our locally licensed investment products in
Japan.
We continue to make progress with
further development to refresh our suite of products.
Regulatory change
The Isle of Man Financial Services
Authority (the Authority) has continued to focus on its programme
of transformational change and commitment to driving regulatory
effectiveness, maintaining a robust regulatory environment, and
keeping pace with international standards. The Island's reputation
as a well-regulated and internationally responsible jurisdiction
remains of vital importance to its competitive positioning in the
global marketplace and maintaining consumer confidence in the
Island's financial services sector. The Authority's strategic
priorities are also closely aligned with the Isle of Man
Government's vision to build a secure, vibrant, and sustainable
Manx economy.
The Authority's revised
Supervisory Methodology Framework actively supports the achievement
of its core regulatory objectives namely the protection of
customers, reducing financial crime and maintaining confidence in
the financial services sector. Supervisory emphasis remains focused
on the delivery of outcomes that enhance the Island's status and
reputation and a high level of compliance with international
standards. Major milestones have been enacted in recent years
with the implementation of new risk-based capital, conduct and
governance regimes. The Authority's transition to a risk and
impact-led supervisory model is testament to its continued drive
for better outcomes via consistent, proactive and value-adding
programmes of engagement, which deploy regulatory resources in the
most appropriate and efficient way.
Throughout the reporting period
the Hansard Group has continued its work to adapt to and embrace
the intent and objectives of regulatory change and development,
working transparently with all the Group's regulatory bodies to
shape our responses and embed associated changes in strategy,
policy, practice and culture.
Key performance indicators
The Group's senior management team
monitors a wide range of Key Performance Indicators, both financial
and non-financial, that are designed to ensure that performance
against targets and expectations across significant areas of
activity are monitored and variances explained.
The following is a summary of the
key indicators that were monitored during the financial year under
review.
New Business - The Group's
internal indicator of calculating new business production, Net
Issued Compensation Credit ("NICC") reflects the amount of base
commission payable to intermediaries, excluding override
commission. Incentive arrangements for intermediaries and the
Group's Regional Sales Managers incorporate targets based on NICC
(weighted where appropriate).
New business levels are reported
daily and monitored weekly against target levels. Net Issued
Compensation Credit was £5.6m for the year, down £0.1m on 2023,
reflective of lower new business levels.
|
|
Administrative Expenses (excl. litigation and
non-recurring items) - The Group maintains a rigorous focus
on expense levels and the value gained from such expenditure. The
objective is to develop processes to restrain increases in
administrative expenses to the rates of inflation assumed in the
charging structure of the Group's policies.
The Group's administrative and
other expenses for the year (excl. litigation and non-recurring
items) were £25.0m compared to £22.3m in 2023. Further detail is
contained in the section on Administrative
and other expenses on page 15.
|
|
Cash - Bank balances and
significant movements on balances are reported monthly. The Group's
cash and deposits at the balance sheet date were £65.0m (2023:
£65.4m). Movements are reflective of cash earned from new and
existing business, commissions and expenses paid, investments in
new systems, the level of inflight transactions, and the dividends
paid to shareholders.
|
|
Operational Resilience -
Maintenance of continual access to data is critical to the Group's
operations. This has been achieved throughout the year through a
robust infrastructure. The Group is pro-active in its consideration
of threats to data, data security and data integrity. Business
continuity and penetration testing is carried out regularly by
internal and external parties. Operational Resilience is
further evidenced by ongoing remote working as a normal business
practice.
|
Risk profile - The factors
impacting on the Group's risk profile are kept under continuous
review. Senior management review actual and emerging risks at least
monthly. The principal risks faced by the Group are summarised in
the Principal Risks section below.
|
Solvency - The Solvency
Capital Requirement ("SCR") of the Group and its' subsidiaries is
monitored frequently and reported to the Board. The SCR as at 30
June 2024 is reported in Other Information on page 143.
|
business AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
NEW BUSINESS PERFORMANCE FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE
2024
The Group continues to focus on
the distribution of regular and single premium products in a range
of jurisdictions around the world, achieving well diversified new
business growth.
New business performance for the
year is summarised in the table below:
|
2024
|
2023
|
%
|
Basis
|
£m
|
£m
|
change
|
Present Value of New Business
Premiums
|
77.8
|
85.7
|
(9.2%)
|
Annualised Premium
Equivalent
|
10.4
|
12.7
|
(18.1%)
|
In Present Value of New Business
Premiums ("PVNBP") terms, new business for the year to 30 June 2024
was £77.8m, 9.2% down on the prior year. Despite the year-on-year
reduction in new business, more PVNBP was generated during the
second half of the year than the first, up 14.9% from £36.2m to
£41.6m, reflecting increased sales of single premium business
following the launch of the new portfolio bond in January.
This is the first half-year on half-year increase
in sales measured with PVNBP since H2 2021. New business PVNBP in the second half of 2023 was
£42.3m.
The Annualised Premium
Equivalent ("APE") measure shows a decline
of 18.1% from 2023 to £10.4m.
Present Value of New Business Premiums
New business flows on the PVNBP
basis for the Group are further analysed as follows:
|
2024
|
2023
|
%
|
PVNBP by product type
|
£m
|
£m
|
change
|
Regular premium
|
44.2
|
55.7
|
(20.7%)
|
Single premium
|
33.6
|
30.0
|
11.9%
|
Total
|
77.8
|
85.7
|
(9.2%)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
%
|
PVNBP by region
|
£m
|
£m
|
change
|
Middle East and Africa
|
32.4
|
42.4
|
(23.6%)
|
Rest of World
|
24.3
|
25.7
|
(5.8%)
|
Latin America
|
16.4
|
12.1
|
35.6%
|
Far East
|
4.7
|
5.5
|
(14.8%)
|
Total
|
77.8
|
85.7
|
(9.2%)
|
The launch of our new single
premium proposition was well received, and we saw an increase in
business for this product over the second half of the year that we
expect to continue in future. We expect the launch of new regular
premium products through our new distribution agreement with
Guardian in Japan to lead to improvements in regular premium sales
in the current business year. A refresh of our regular premium
product range for the wider distribution channels is also expected
in the next financial year which will further support and underpin
our production for the year ahead.
Activities around new business
generation remain high as we work with key IFAs around both
existing and new opportunities. Several new IFA relationships have
already started producing business and this work will continue in
the current business year to expand further our networks of
distributors.
Our sales team is well positioned
to drive IFA and product initiatives to increase new business in
future. This includes the development and launch of new products
for key target markets, updates and improvements to existing
products and continuation of system developments to support our
service and overall proposition.
Premium currencies remained
relatively consistent year on year, with the predominant currency
being US Dollars:
|
2024
|
2023
|
Currency denominations (as a percentage of
PVNBP)
|
%
|
%
|
US dollar
|
85
|
87
|
Sterling
|
10
|
8
|
Euro
|
4
|
4
|
Other
|
1
|
1
|
|
100
|
100
|
Presentation of financial results
Our business is long term in
nature. The nature of the Group's products means that new business
flows have a limited immediate impact on current earnings reported
under UK adopted international accounting standards ("IFRS"), as
initial fees and acquisition costs from the contracts sold are
mostly deferred and amortised over the life of the contract. The
benefit of sales to fee income levels are felt in future financial
periods, noting also that our newer products have a longer earning
period than our older products.
Results for the year
The following is a summary of key
items to allow readers to better understand the results for the
year.
IFRS profit before tax for the
year was £5.3m, compared with £5.9m in 2023. Increased fee
income and higher investment returns have been offset by an
increase in administration expenses.
Operating profit prior to
litigation and non-recurring items was £8.5m in 2024, up from £7.4m
in 2023.
Abridged consolidated income statement
The consolidated statement of
comprehensive income presented under IFRS reflects the financial
results of the Group's activities during the year. This income
statement however, as a result of its method of presentation,
incorporates a number of features that might affect an
understanding of the results of the Group's underlying
transactions. These relate principally to:
· Investment gains attributable to contract holder assets were
£114.4m (2023: £40.6m). These assets are selected by the contract
holder or an authorised intermediary, and the contract holder bears
the investment risk. They are also
reflected within 'Change in provisions for investment contract
liabilities' and together have no net impact on IFRS
profit.
· Fund
management fees are collected and paid onwards by the Group to
third parties having a relationship with the underlying contract.
In 2024 these were £5.1m (2023: £5.2m). These are reflected on a
gross basis in both income and expenses under the IFRS presentation
on page 94. Deducting the £5.1m from £48.8m for fees and
commissions and £33.3m for administrative and other expenses in the
consolidated statement of comprehensive income results in the
figures of £43.7m and £28.2m presented below.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Fees and commissions attributable
to Group activities
|
43.7
|
40.5
|
Investment and other
income
|
5.9
|
5.4
|
|
49.6
|
45.9
|
Origination costs
|
(16.1)
|
(16.2)
|
Administrative and other expenses
attributable to the Group, before
|
|
|
litigation and non-recurring
items
|
(25.0)
|
(22.3)
|
Operating profit for the year
before litigation and non-recurring items
|
8.5
|
7.4
|
Litigation and non-recurring
expense items
|
(3.2)
|
(1.5)
|
Profit for the year before taxation
|
5.3
|
5.9
|
Taxation
|
(0.1)
|
(0.2)
|
Profit for the year after taxation
|
5.2
|
5.7
|
An abridged non-GAAP consolidated
income statement in relation to the Group's own activities is
presented below, adjusted for the items of income and expenditure
indicated above.
Fees and commissions
Fees and commissions for the year
attributable to Group activities were £43.7m, 7.9% higher than the
2023 total of £40.5m.
Contract fee income
totalled £30.6m for the year, up £2.5m on the 2023 comparative of
£28.1m. Contract fee income includes
the amortised element of up-front income deferred under IFRS and
contract-servicing charges. Amortisation of deferred income
in Hansard International increased to £17.4m, whilst transactional
charges related to policyholder activity have increased to £13.2m
compared to last year. Immediately recognised fees, including
surrender charges from redemptions, decreased compared to the prior
year. This was reflective of lower levels of redemptions
compared to the prior year. Hansard Europe dac, which closed
to new business in 2013, saw a marginal increase in contract fee
income to £2.2m (2023: £2.1m) as a result of higher transactional income and
fund management fees.
Fund management fees accruing to
the Group and commissions receivable from third parties
totalled £13.1m (2023: £12.4m). Such fees are related directly to the value
of assets under administration and are affected by market
movements, currency rates and valuation
judgements.
A summary of fees and commissions
is set out below:
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Contract fee income
|
30.6
|
28.1
|
Fund management fees accruing to
the Group
|
8.3
|
7.7
|
Commissions receivable
|
4.8
|
4.7
|
|
43.7
|
40.5
|
Included in contract fee income
is £17.4m (2023:
£16.8m) representing the amortisation of fees prepaid in previous
years, as can be seen in the analysis set out below:
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Amortisation of deferred
income
|
17.4
|
16.8
|
Income earned during the
year
|
13.2
|
11.3
|
Contract fee income
|
30.6
|
28.1
|
Investment and other income
Investment income has improved
to £5.9m as a
result of the Group ensuring that Group investments benefited from
the higher interest rates during the year, offset by lower foreign
exchange profits on revaluation of net operating assets.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Bank interest and other income
receivable
|
5.5
|
4.5
|
Foreign exchange profits on
revaluation of net operating assets
|
0.4
|
0.9
|
|
5.9
|
5.4
|
Origination costs
Under IFRS, new business commissions paid, together with the directly
attributable incremental costs incurred on the issue of a contract,
are deferred and amortised over the anticipated life of that
contract to match the longer-term income
streams expected to accrue from the contracts issued this
year. Typical terms range between 6 years
and 16 years, depending on the nature of the product.
Other elements of the Group's new business costs,
for example, salaries of sales
staff, are expensed as
incurred.
Origination costs incurred in 2024
have decreased by £1.2m to £10.3m from the prior year. Origination
costs were lower in line with lower new business levels but offset
by increased amortisation of prior year balances.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Origination costs - deferred to
match future income streams
|
8.2
|
8.8
|
Origination costs - expensed as
incurred
|
2.1
|
2.7
|
Investment in new business in
year
|
10.3
|
11.5
|
Amortisation of deferred
origination costs net of new deferrals
|
5.8
|
4.7
|
|
16.1
|
16.2
|
Amounts totaling
£13.9m (2023: £13.5m)
have been expensed to match contract fee income earned this year
from contracts issued in previous financial years,
as can be seen in the analysis below.
Summarised origination costs for
the year were:
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Amortisation of deferred
origination costs
|
13.9
|
13.5
|
Other origination costs incurred
during the year
|
2.2
|
2.7
|
|
16.1
|
16.2
|
Administrative and other expenses
We continue to manage our expense
base robustly to control administrative expenses while supporting
our strategic developments and other new business growth activities
with targeted expenditure.
An analysis of administrative and
other expenses is set out in notes 8 and 9 to the consolidated
financial statements under IFRS. The following summarises some of
the expenses attributable to the Group's own activities, excluding
the third-party fund management fees
collected and paid onwards by the Group to third parties having a
relationship with the underlying contract of £5.1m (2023:
£5.2m).
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Salaries and other employment
costs
|
11.3
|
10.6
|
Other administrative
expenses
|
7.8
|
7.7
|
Professional fees, including
audit
|
3.2
|
3.1
|
Recurring administrative and other expenses
|
22.3
|
21.5
|
Growth investment spend
|
2.7
|
0.8
|
Administrative and other expenses, excl. litigation and
non-recurring expense items
|
25.0
|
22.3
|
Litigation defence and settlement
costs
|
2.5
|
1.4
|
Provision for doubtful
debts
|
0.7
|
0.1
|
Total administrative and other expenses
|
28.2
|
23.8
|
Salaries and other employment costs
have increased by £0.7m or 6.6% to £11.3m.
Although average Group headcount decreased to 182 people (2023: 187
people), following the implementation of
our new policy administration system we have continued to develop
the platform to position our business for future growth, leading to
some previously deferred salary costs being recognised as expenses
as incurred, accounting for £0.6m of the increase. We also
temporarily strengthened our Client Services team following
migration.
Other administrative expenses saw an increase of £0.1m to £7.8m as a result of the
amortisation of the new policy administration system commencing
with effect from 1 March (£0.5m), offset by efficiency savings in
underlying administrative expenses despite persistent inflationary
pressure.
Professional fees including audit increased by £0.1m to £3.2m against the prior year. These
costs include amounts totalling £0.9m paid to the Group's auditor
(2023: £0.8m), £0.6m (2023: £0.5m) for administration, custody,
dealing, and other charges paid under the terms of the investment
processing outsourcing arrangements; recruitment costs of £0.2m
(2023: £0.2m), and costs of investor relations activities of £0.2m
(2023: £0.2m).
Growth investment spend increased to £2.7m and represents
internal and external costs to generate strategic opportunities for
further growth as we look to leverage the capability of our new
policy administration system. Following the implementation of the
system, smaller incremental developments are no longer deferred and
are recognised as expenses as incurred. The amount also includes
expenditure associated with developing and delivery of our Japanese
proposition and other new products.
Litigation defence and settlement costs
represent those costs (net of insurance
recoveries) incurred in defending Hansard Europe against writs
taken against it, as described more fully in note 26 to the
consolidated financial statements. Legal costs recovered from
insurers were £0.7m (2023: £0.1m). A litigation provision of £0.4m
has been recognised in the year, with the total balance of the
provision as at 30 June 2024 being £0.5m (2023: £0.1m).
Provision for doubtful debts relate to the provision in full of fees and other balances
likely to be irrecoverable from a set of primarily Hansard Europe
legacy funds which are in the process of liquidation.
Future Prospects
During 2025 the Group's strategic
priority will be to build on the significant projects delivered in
2024. The launch of the new portfolio bond in January and new
Japanese proposition announced in June, along with other products
currently in development, present significant new opportunities for
sales. The second half of financial year 2024 showed increased
PVNBP compared to the first half of the year for the first time
since 2021, and we expect this trend to continue as our new
propositions gain momentum. It takes a significant period of time
for sales to generate a material change in IFRS profits given the
long-term nature of our business. Profits are recognised over the
life of the contracts, so new sales contribute positively to
profitability over a number of years.
The implementation of the new
policy administration system was a significant milestone for
Hansard and has given the Group the platform required for expansion
in the coming years and will facilitate a simpler approach to
product development in future. Following implementation of the
system, we have commenced the depreciation charges in the income
statement. 2025 will be the first financial year where we will see
a full year's depreciation charge, which will amount to a cost of
£1.6m. Although this will reduce the published IFRS profit, the
system development is no longer a cash cost to the company, the
investment already having been made. We expect to be able to take
actions over the course of financial year 2025 to deliver cost
savings as a result of efficiencies arising from the new system,
with the impact on IFRS profit being realised mainly from financial
year 2026 onwards.
The business continues to make
targeted investments in new product offerings, to build on the
product developments already delivered, and to ensure the Group is
well positioned for the future. In financial year 2025, the Company
expects to incur modest development costs, which are expected to be
expensed as incurred.
In recent years the Group has
benefited from higher interest rates, leading to increased return
on shareholder investments; however, declining interest rates in
future may reduce these returns going forward.
Considering the above factors, we
expect a short-term decline in the profitability of the Group
measured using IFRS in financial year 2025; however, the Group's
regulatory solvency cover, a key measure used to assess
dividend-paying capability, is calculated primarily on the basis of
non-IFRS measures and is expected to remain strong.
Cash Flow ANALYSIS
The operational cash surplus (fees
deducted from contracts and commissions received, less operational
expenses paid) for the year was £10.9m (2023: £15.9m) as a result
of increased operational expenditure to position the business for
future growth.
Writing new business, particularly
regular premium business, produces a short-term cash strain as a
result of the commission and other costs incurred at the inception
of a contract. Annual management charges offset this strain
and produce a positive return over time.
Future increases in new business
levels can be funded where necessary by the Group's significant
cash resources, but over time as the level of contract holder
assets is built up, the annual management charges that are earned
from the Group's newer products will become sufficient to sustain
new business growth and dividends.
During 2024, the Group invested
£3.9m (2023: £6.6m) as part of a project to replace its policy
administration system. These costs were capitalised as Intangible
Assets on the Group's consolidated balance sheet as set out in note
13.
Net cash inflows before dividends
were £3.0m (2023:
outflows of £1.6m), benefitting largely from £2.7m lower outflows during the year
as we completed the replacement of our policy administration
system. The prior year also includes an outflow of £5m into
a bond portfolio.
Overall Group cash and deposits
have decreased from £65.4m to £65.0m as at 30 June 2024, primarily
driven by lower new business as noted above.
The following non-GAAP tables
summarise the Group's own cash flows in the year:
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Net cash surplus from operating
activities
|
10.9
|
15.9
|
Interest received
|
4.2
|
3.0
|
Net cash inflow from
operations
|
15.1
|
18.9
|
Net cash investment in new
business
|
(8.1)
|
(8.5)
|
Purchase of property and computer
equipment
|
(3.9)
|
(6.6)
|
Net cash investment in bond
portfolio
|
-
|
(5.0)
|
Corporation tax paid
|
(0.1)
|
(0.4)
|
Net cash inflow / (outflow) before
dividends
|
3.0
|
(1.6)
|
Dividends paid
|
(6.1)
|
(5.9)
|
Net cash outflow after dividends
|
(3.1)
|
(7.5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Net cash outflow after
dividends
|
(3.1)
|
(7.5)
|
Increase / (decrease) in amounts
due to contract holders
|
2.7
|
(0.6)
|
Net Group cash
movements
|
(0.4)
|
(8.1)
|
Group cash and deposits - opening
position
|
65.4
|
74.5
|
Effect of exchange rate
movements
|
-
|
(1.0)
|
Group cash and deposits - closing position
|
65.0
|
65.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
The below table reconciles the key
lines for this year in the above non-GAAP cash flow to the key
lines in the consolidated cash flow shown on page 97.
|
Non-GAAP
Cash Flow
|
Consolidated Cash Flow
Statement
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Net cash flow from operations
before tax
|
15.1
|
6.2
|
Adjust for net movement in
policyholder financial assets and liabilities
|
-
|
4.8
|
|
15.1
|
11.0
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and computer
equipment (tangible and intangible)
|
(3.9)
|
(3.9)
|
|
|
|
Corporation tax paid
|
(0.1)
|
(0.1)
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
(6.1)
|
(6.1)
|
|
|
|
Net cash investment in
business
|
(8.1)
|
-
|
Increase in amounts due to
contract holders
|
2.7
|
-
|
Net movement in assets and
liabilities relating to contract holders
|
-
|
(1.3)
|
|
(5.4)
|
(1.3)
|
|
|
|
Net Group cash movements
|
(0.4)
|
(0.4)
|
Group bank deposits and money market funds
The Group holds its liquid assets
in highly rated money market liquidity funds and with a wide range
of deposit institutions to diversify counterparty risk. Deposits
totalling £17.1m (2023: £13.2m) have original maturity dates
typically greater than 3 months and are therefore excluded from the
definition of "cash and cash equivalents" under IFRS and are
instead included within 'Deposits and money market funds' in the
consolidated balance sheet. The following table summarises the
total cash and deposits at the balance sheet date.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Money market funds and immediately
available cash
|
47.3
|
41.2
|
Short-term deposits with credit
institutions
|
0.6
|
11.0
|
Cash and cash equivalents under
IFRS
|
47.9
|
52.2
|
Deposits and money market
funds
|
17.1
|
13.2
|
Group cash and deposits
|
65.0
|
65.4
|
Abridged consolidated balance sheet
The consolidated balance sheet on
page 96 presented under IFRS reflects the financial position of the
Group at 30 June 2024. As a result of its method of presentation,
the consolidated balance sheet incorporates the financial assets
held to back the Group's liability to contract holders and
incorporates the net liability to those contract holders of
£1,150.9m (2023: £1,101.5m). Additionally, that portion of the
Group's capital that is held in bank deposits is disclosed in "cash
and cash equivalents" based on original maturity terms, as noted
above.
The abridged consolidated balance
sheet presented below, adjusted for those differences in
disclosure, allows a better understanding of the Group's own
capital position.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Assets
|
|
|
Deferred origination
costs
|
112.1
|
117.8
|
Other assets
|
38.7
|
27.6
|
Bank deposits and money market
funds
|
65.0
|
65.4
|
|
215.8
|
210.8
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
Deferred income
|
140.2
|
144.8
|
Other payables
|
54.7
|
44.2
|
|
195.0
|
189.0
|
Net assets
|
20.8
|
21.8
|
Shareholders' equity
|
|
|
Share capital and
reserves
|
20.8
|
21.8
|
Other assets include intangible
assets, property, plant and equipment and other receivables. Other
payables include amounts due to investment contract holders and
other payables.
Deferred origination costs
The deferral of origination
costs reflects that the Group will earn
fees over the long-term from contracts issued in a given financial
year. These costs are recoverable out of
future net income from the relevant contract and are charged to the
consolidated statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line
basis over the life of each contract.
The movement in value over the
financial year is summarised below.
|
2024
|
2023
|
Carrying value
|
£m
|
£m
|
At beginning of financial
year
|
117.8
|
122.5
|
Origination costs deferred during
the year
|
8.2
|
8.7
|
Origination costs amortised during
the year
|
(13.9)
|
(13.4)
|
|
112.1
|
117.8
|
Deferred income
The treatment of deferred income
ensures that contract fees are taken to the consolidated statement
of comprehensive income in equal instalments over the longer-term,
reflecting the services to be provided over the period of the
contract. This is consistent with the treatment of deferred
origination costs. Deferred income at the balance sheet date is the
unamortised balance of accumulated initial amounts received on new
business.
The proportion of income deferred
in any one year is dependent upon the mix and volume of new
business flows in previous years. The
Group's focus on regular premium business
means that these fees are received over the initial period of the
contract, rather than being received up front, as is often the case
with single premium contracts.
The majority of initial fees
collected during the year relates to charges taken from contracts
issued in prior financial years demonstrating the cash generative
nature of the business. Regular premium contracts issued in this
financial year will generate the majority of their initial fees
over the next 18 months on average.
The movement in value of deferred
income over the financial year is summarised below.
|
2024
|
2023
|
Carrying value
|
£m
|
£m
|
At beginning of financial
year
|
144.8
|
145.1
|
Initial fees collected in the year
and deferred
|
12.7
|
16.5
|
Income amortised during the year
to fees income
|
(17.4)
|
(16.8)
|
|
140.1
|
144.8
|
CONTRACT HOLDER Assets under administration
In the following paragraphs,
contract holder assets under administration ("AuA") refers to net
assets held to cover financial liabilities, as analysed in note 17
to the consolidated financial statements presented under
IFRS. Such assets are selected by or on behalf of contract
holders to meet their investment needs.
The Group receives investment
inflows to its AuA from single and regular premium contracts which
are offset by withdrawals, charges, premium holidays affecting
regular premium policies, and by market valuation
movements.
The majority of premium
contributions are designated in currencies other than sterling,
reflecting the wide geographical spread of those contact
holders. The currency composition of
AuA at the balance sheet date is similar to the prior year, with
73% of AuA designated in US dollar (2023: 71%) and 7% in euro
(2023: 8%).
Certain collective investment
schemes linked to customers' contracts can from time to time become
illiquid, suspended or be put into liquidation. In such cases, the
Directors are required to exercise their judgement in relation to
the fair value of these assets. The cumulative impact on the
balance sheet is not material.
The value of AuA at 30 June 2024
was £1,150.9m, 4.5% higher than 30 June 2023.
Lower regular premiums and increased withdrawals
were offset by higher single premiums, and market and currency
movements as global stock markets rallied in the second half of the
year.
The following table summarises the
movements in the year:
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Deposits to investment contracts -
regular premiums
|
74.4
|
86.1
|
Deposits to investment contracts -
single premiums
|
33.9
|
30.2
|
Withdrawals from contracts and
charges
|
(173.3)
|
(147.7)
|
Effect of market and currency
movements
|
114.4
|
40.6
|
Movement in year
|
49.4
|
9.2
|
Opening balance
|
1,101.5
|
1,092.3
|
Closing balance
|
1,150.9
|
1,101.5
|
The analysis of AuA held by each
Group subsidiary to cover financial liabilities is as
follows:
|
2024
|
2023
|
Fair value of AuA at 30 June
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
|
|
Hansard International
|
1,091.6
|
1,037.7
|
Hansard Europe
|
59.3
|
63.8
|
|
1,150.9
|
1,101.5
|
Assets to cover the financial
liabilities of Hansard Worldwide are held by Hansard International
and therefore are included within Hansard International's total
AuA.
Since it closed to new business in
2013, Hansard Europe's AuA has been declining broadly in line with
expectations as contracts are surrendered or mature.
DIVIDENDS
An interim dividend of 1.8p per
share was paid in April 2024. This amounted to £2.5m.
The Board has resolved to
recommend a final dividend of 2.65p per share (2023: 2.65p) for
shareholder approval at the AGM. Subject to approval at the AGM, this dividend will be paid on
14 November 2024 and will bring the total
dividends in respect of the year ended 30 June 2024 to 4.45p per
share (2023: 4.45p per share).
complaints and potential litigation
Financial services institutions
can be drawn into disputes in cases where the performance of assets
selected directly by or on behalf of contract holders through their
advisors fails to meet their expectations. This is particularly
relevant in the case of more complex products distributed
throughout Europe prior to 2014.
Even though the Group have never
given any investment advice, as this is left to the contract holder
directly or through an agent, advisor or an entity appointed at
their request or preference, the Group has been subject to a number
of complaints in relation to the performance of assets linked to
contracts. Most of the cases have arisen in Italy, with a smaller
number in Belgium and Germany.
As at 30 June 2024, the Group had
been served with writs with a net cumulative exposure totalling
€23.8m, or £20.2m in sterling terms (30 June 2023: €26.1m / £22.4m)
arising from contract holder complaints and other asset
performance-related issues. These are disclosed as contingent
liabilities in note 26 to the consolidated
financial statements. The decrease in
contingent liabilities is primarily due to a case with a potential
exposure of approximately £1.4m now being considered to be remote
and thus outside the scope of a contingent liability; there has
also been a reduction in the number of German cases.
During the year, the Group
successfully defended eight cases with net exposures of
approximately £1.3m, five of which may be appealed by the
plaintiffs (2023: successfully defended fifteen cases with net
exposures of £1.9m). These successes continue to affirm confidence
in the Group's legal arguments.
Our policy is to maintain
contingent liabilities even where we win cases in the court of
first instance if such cases have been subsequently appealed.
This includes our largest single case in Belgium.
We have previously noted that we
expect a number of our claims to ultimately be covered by our Group
insurance cover. During the year we recorded £0.7m in
insurance recoveries in relation to litigation expenses (2023:
£0.1m). We expect such reimbursement to continue during the
course of those claims.
While it is not possible to
forecast or determine the final result of such litigation, based on
the pleadings and advice received from the Group's legal
representatives and experience with cases previously successfully
defended, we believe we have a strong chance of success in
defending these claims. Other than smaller cases where, based on
past experience, it is expected a settlement might be reached, the
writs have therefore been treated as contingent liabilities and are
disclosed in note 26 to the consolidated financial
statements. Where there is an established pattern of
settlement for a grouping of claims, a provision has been made for
the remaining exposures and included in note 20 'Provisions', to
the extent that they can be reliably estimated.
Net asset value per shaRE
The net asset value per share on
an IFRS basis as at 30 June 2024 is 15.1p (2023: 15.9p) based on
the net assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet divided by the
number of shares in issue, being 137,557,079 ordinary shares (2023:
137,557,079).
Risk management and internal control
The Group continues to operate a
comprehensive Enterprise Risk Management Framework, reflective of
the Board's focus on effective risk management as an integral
element of corporate success. The ERM Framework sets out the
governance arrangements, principles, guidelines, practices and
standards for risk management and internal control, which
cumulatively ensure that the business is robustly prepared to
identify, understand, and navigate the uncertainties and risks
which it may encounter, and which can either pose threats or offer
opportunities. The ERM Framework ensures that all such threats and
opportunities, whether actual or emerging, are identified,
assessed, monitored, managed, and reported using structured,
consistent, and comprehensive methodologies, which seek to embed
risk management within strategic decision-making and business
planning activities and continuously shape organisational values
and culture. The maturity of the ERM Framework and its capacity to
respond quickly to emerging risks and adapt to changes arising via
the internal or external environment, ensure that risk management
and internal control remain central to the Board's oversight,
direction and control of the Group, compelling informed decision
making and sound business practices.
Approach
Having regard to the Financial
Reporting Council's 'Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control
and Related Financial and Business Reporting', the ERM Framework
encompasses the policies, processes, tasks, cultural attributes,
behaviours, reporting conventions, and other aspects of the Group's
environment, which cumulatively:
· Support the Board's determination of the nature and extent of
the Group's principal risks and the boundaries of risk appetite
governing the pursuit and achievement of strategic
objectives.
· Inform the Board's understanding and assessment of existing,
evolving, and emerging risks, together with combinations of those
risks in the form of plausible stresses and scenarios, which have
the potential to threaten the Company's business model, future
performance, solvency, liquidity, operational resilience,
regulatory standing, or reputation. This includes analysis of the
likelihood, impact, and time horizon over which such risks, or
combinations of risks, might emerge or crystallise and determining
how such risks should be managed or mitigated to reduce their
likelihood or impact.
· Facilitate the effective and efficient operation of the Group
and its subsidiary entities by enabling a consolidated and
comprehensive approach to the management of risks across the Group,
with specific attention to aggregate impacts and effects, enabling
appropriate responses to significant business, operational,
financial, compliance and other risks to business objectives, so
safeguarding the assets of the Group.
· Help
to ensure the quality of internal and external reporting. This
requires the maintenance of proper records and processes that
generate a flow of timely, relevant, and reliable information from
within and outside the Group, enabling the Board to form their own
view on the effectiveness of risk management and internal control
arrangements through the regular provision of relevant information
and assurances.
· Seek
to ensure continuous compliance with applicable laws and
regulations as well as with internal policies governing the conduct
of business.
· Drive the cultural tone and expectations of the Board in
respect of governance, risk management and internal control
arrangements and the delegation of associated authorities and
accountabilities.
The ERM Framework has been
designed to be appropriate to the nature, scale, and complexity of
the Group's business at both corporate and subsidiary level. The
ERM Framework components are reviewed on at least an annual basis
and refined, if necessary, to ensure they remain fit for purpose in
substance and form and continue to support the Directors'
assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group's risk
management and internal control systems. Such assessment depends
upon the Board maintaining a thorough understanding of the Group's risk profile, including the
types, characteristics, interdependencies, sources, and potential
impact of both existing and emerging risks on an individual and
aggregate basis.
Risk governance arrangements
The Board retains ultimate
responsibility for the ERM Framework and its effective operation,
and the Directors are responsible for determining, evaluating, and
controlling the nature and extent of the risks which the Board is
willing to accept across the spectrum of risk disciplines. The
Board has formally delegated certain responsibilities in respect of
internal controls and risk management to the Audit and Risk
Committee. These responsibilities are defined within the
Committee's terms of reference and provide for a range of important
oversight and scrutiny protocols including:
·
Continuous review of the Group's internal
financial controls (being the systems established to identify,
assess, manage, and monitor financial risks) and other internal
control and risk management systems relating to financial
reporting.
·
Robust assessment of the emerging and principal
risks facing the Group, identified, and reported via established
ERM Framework components, and the provision of comfort to the Board
that risks are being managed and controlled within the Board's
overall risk appetite.
· Independent evaluation of the ERM Framework to confirm that
it remains adequate, effective, and proportionate to the nature, scale and complexity of the
risks inherent in the business.
During the year ended 30 June 2024
the Group Risk Forum ("GRF") has continued to champion
the embedding of risk ownership, ensuring
responsibilities and accountabilities for risk management and
risk-based decision making are transparent and proactively owned at
all business levels. The value of effective, dynamic interfaces
between the governance, risk management and internal control
conventions of the ERM Framework and those constituting the Group
and subsidiary Own Risk and Solvency Assessment ("ORSA") cycles
remains a core focus for the GRF.
The Group ORSA report reflects the
cycle of ongoing activities and arrangements which enable the Board
and the Executive Committee
to properly assess and understand at a practical
level the short and long-term risks facing the Group and the
capital required to cover those risks, under both normal and
stressed conditions. The ORSA considers the major sources of risk
that the Group, or a subsidiary entity, may face under the
principal and subordinate risk designations of the ERM Framework.
Both internal and external risks are considered, together with
emerging risks and any risks associated with the Group's systems of
governance. The ORSA includes capital, performance and strategic
information and provides management with key information for
decision making.
The disciplines of the ERM
Framework seek to coordinate risk management in respect of the
Group as a whole, including for the purpose of ensuring compliance
with capital adequacy requirements, liquidity adequacy requirements
and regulatory capital requirements, in line with the Isle of Man
Financial Services Authority Risk-Based Capital Regime.
Governance, risk management and
internal control protocols remain structured upon a 'three lines'
model, which determines how specific duties and responsibilities
are assigned and coordinated. First line management are responsible
for identifying risks, executing effective controls, and escalating
risk issues and events to the Group's Control Functions. The Group
Risk and Compliance Functions (Second line) oversee and work in
collaboration with the First Line, ensuring that the business is
conducted in a manner consistent with rules, limits, and risk
appetite constraints. The Group Internal Audit Department (Third
line) provides independent assurance services to the Board and the
Executive Committee on the adequacy and effectiveness of the
Group's governance, risk management and internal control
arrangements.
The ERM Framework seeks to add
value through embedding risk management and effective internal
control systems as continuous and developing processes within
strategy setting, programme level functions and day-to-day
operating activities. The ERM Framework also acknowledges the
significance of organisational culture and values in relation to
risk management and their impact on the overall effectiveness of
the internal control framework.
Emerging Risks
The ERM Framework promotes the
pursuit of its overarching performance, information, and compliance
objectives through focus on five interrelated elements, which
enable the management of risk at strategic, programme and
operational level to be integrated, so that layers of activity
support each other. The five interrelated elements are defined
as:
· Management oversight and the control culture.
· Risk
recognition and assessment.
· Control activities and segregation of duties.
· Information and communication.
· Monitoring activities and correcting deficiencies.
In addition to existing risks the
ERM conventions, which support delivery of the elements listed
above, target emerging and evolving risks using both top-down and
bottom-up bases. The top-down aspect involves the Board regularly
analysing and evaluating the nature and extent of the risks to
which the Group is or may be exposed, even where these may be
difficult to assess and quantify. The bottom-up approach involves
the identification, review and continuous monitoring of risk issues
and emerging risks at functional and divisional levels, with
analysis and formal reporting to the Group Risk Forum on a
quarterly basis. This allows actions to be developed or adapted on
a timely basis and enables onward analytical reporting to the
Board. These arrangements ensure that the Board remains aware of
potential changes in risk profile on a forward-looking basis and
sensitive to the materiality of potential impacts.
Stress and scenario testing is
used to explore, assess, and quantify emerging risks as well as to
analyse and assess any changes in existing aspects of the 'Risk
Universe', which are monitored via the ERM Framework. Such
assessment and analyses use both quantitative tests and qualitative
assessments to consider reasonably plausible risk events, including
those stresses and scenarios that could lead to failure of the
business, approximated to the range of impact types which can be
envisaged. The results of the stress and scenario testing are
considered and explored by the Group Risk Forum, the Audit and Risk
Committee and the Board, as necessary and
appropriate.
The system of internal control is
designed to understand, mitigate, and manage, rather than eliminate
risk of failure to achieve business objectives, and seeks to
provide reasonable, rather than absolute, assurance against
material misstatement or loss.
Review of Risk Management and Internal Control
Systems
The results of the risk management
processes combine to facilitate identification of the principal
business, financial, operational and compliance risks and any
associated key risks at a subordinate level. Established reporting
cycles enable the Board to maintain oversight of the quality and
value of risk management and internal control activities throughout
the year and ensure that the entirety of the governance, risk
management and internal control frameworks, which constitute the
ERM Framework, are operating effectively and as intended. These
processes have been in place throughout the year under review and
up to the date of this report.
Independently of its quarterly and
ad hoc risk reporting arrangements the
Board has conducted its annual review of the effectiveness of the
Company's risk management and internal control systems including
financial, operational and compliance controls. This review is
undertaken in collaboration with the Audit and Risk Committee and
is based upon analysis and evaluation of:
· Attestation reporting from the key subsidiary companies of
the Group as to the effective functioning
of the risk management and internal control frameworks and the
ongoing identification and evaluation of risk within each
subsidiary.
· Formal declarations from Executive Managers, via quarterly
risk and control self-assessments, that risks falling
under their respective span of control are being managed and
assessed appropriately and key controls are working effectively and
as intended. Reporting must include progress updates on the timely
and effective delivery of Management Actions to address any
identified control weaknesses, in accordance with the commitments
recorded in the Group Risk Management Platform. The cumulative
results of cyclical risk reporting by senior and executive
management via the GRF, having regard to the 'five pillar'
structure of the ERM Framework, which drives analytical reporting
to the Audit and Risk Committee. Independent assurance work by the Group Internal Audit
Department to identify any areas for enhancements to internal
controls and work with management to define associated action plans
to deliver them.
The Board has determined that
there were no areas for enhancement which constituted a significant
weakness for the year under review and the Directors are satisfied
that the Group's governance, risk management and internal control
systems are operating effectively and as
intended.
Financial Reporting Process
Integral to ERM monitoring and
reporting arrangements are the conventions which ensure that the
Board maintains a continuous understanding of the financial impacts
of the Group failing to meet its objectives, due to crystallisation
of an actual or emerging risk, or via the stress and scenario
events, which the Board considers to be reasonably plausible. This
includes those stresses and scenarios that could lead to a failure
of the business. Planning and sensitivity analyses incorporate
Board approval of forecast financial and other information. The
Board receives regular representations from Senior Executives in
this regard.
Performance against targets is
reported to the Board quarterly through a review of Group and
subsidiary companies' results based on accounting policies that are
applied consistently throughout the Group. Financial and
management information is prepared quarterly by the Chief Financial
Officer ("CFO") and presented to the Board and the Audit and Risk
Committee. The members of the Audit and Risk Committee review the
interim financial statements for the half year ending 31 December
and the full financial year and engage with the CFO to discuss and
challenge the presentation and disclosures therein. Once the draft
document is approved by the Audit and Risk Committee, it is
reviewed by the Board before final approval by the
Board.
Outsourcing
The majority of investment dealing
and custody processes in relation to contract holder assets are
outsourced under a formal contract to Capital International Limited
(CIL, https://www.capital-iom.com/), a company authorised by the
Isle of Man Financial Services Authority and a member of the London
Stock Exchange. The contract is managed by a dedicated Relationship
Manager against a documented Service Level Agreement, which
includes Key Performance Indicators. CIL is required to confirm
quarterly that no material control weaknesses have been identified
in their operations; this is overseen via service delivery
monitoring performed by the Relationship Manager. Each year
CIL are required to confirm and evidence the adequacy and
effectiveness of their internal control framework through a formal
Assurance Report on Internal Controls, with an external independent
review performed in in 2023 and 2024.
Our core policy administration
platform is provided as a Software As A Service solution by Majesco
(www.majesco.com). This covers all policy and advisor
administration as well as the provision of the Hansard Client and
Advisor online portals which support self-service administration.
Monthly service meetings are held with Majesco with a formal annual
review undertaken. Majesco also participates in scheduled
security tests and simulations. The Majesco system code is
held in escrow with the NCC Group, which supports contingency
planning in the event of a failure of a provider.
Manx Telecom
(wwww.manxtelecom.com)
provides our hosting services and core internet connectivity, which
supports several core infrastructure elements such as our virtual
desktops and servers. Manx Telecom data centres operate to
Tier 3 standard and are ISO 27001 accredited. Monthly service
meetings are held with Manx Telecom with a formal annual review
undertaken. Manx Telecom is an active participant in
scheduled security tests and simulations.
Risks Relating to the Group's Financial and Other
Exposures
Hansard's business model involves
the controlled acceptance and management of risk exposures. Under
the terms of the unit-linked investment contracts issued by the
Group, the contract holder bears the investment risk on the assets
in the unit-linked funds, as the policy benefits are directly
linked to the value of the assets in the funds. These assets are
administered in a manner consistent with the expectations of the
contract holders. The Group maintains a precise match between the
investment assets held and the contract holder liabilities, and so
the market risk and credit risk lie with contract
holders.
The Group's exposure on this
unit-linked business is limited to the extent that income arising
from asset management charges and commissions is generally based on
the value of assets in the funds, and any sustained falls in value
will reduce earnings. In addition, there are certain financial
risks (credit, market, and liquidity risks) in relation to the
investment of shareholders' funds. The Group's exposure to
financial risks is explained in note 3 to the consolidated
financial statements.
The Board believes that the
principal risks facing the Group's earnings and financial position
are those risks which are inherent to the Group's business model
and operating environment. The regulatory landscape continues to
evolve at both a local and international level and the risk
management and internal control frameworks of the Group must remain
responsive to developments which may change the nature, impact or
likelihood of such risks, or the time horizon within which they
might crystallise.
Principal Risks
The following table sets out the
principal inherent risks that may impact the Group's strategic
objectives, profitability, capital position or resilience and
provides an overview of how such risks are managed or mitigated.
The Board robustly reviews and considers its principal risks on at
least a quarterly basis and for the year ended 30 June 2024 has
continued to consider specifically the likelihood, impacts and
timescales within which such risks might crystallise, together with
assessment of contingent uncertainties and any emerging risks. No
emerging risks have been identified during the reporting period,
which require disclosure additional to the principal risks
described below.
Risk
|
Risk Factors and Management
|
Distribution Risk:
Arising from poor planning, execution or governance of
distribution strategy, or the emergence of events or conditions
which obstruct the achievement of business plan targets, including
market changes, technological advancement, loss of key intermediary
relationships or competitor activity.
|
The business environment in which
the international insurance industry operates is subject to
continuous change and development as new market and competitor
forces come into effect, regulatory landscapes evolve, and
technological advancements are realised. Any failure by the Group
to ensure that distribution strategy is well planned, governed and
executed can be expected to undermine competitive advantage in
commercially significant jurisdictions, or market segments, or the
Group's efforts to build and sustain successful distribution
relationships.
How we manage the risk:
· Robust governance, risk management and internal control
practices underpin the development and formalisation of
distribution strategy. Strategy revisions
are designed to add additional scale to the business, on a more
diversified basis, through organic growth at acceptable levels of
risk and profitability.
· Key
Risk Indicators provide for continuous monitoring of marketplaces,
competitor activity and consumer sentiment by the Group Risk Forum
and the early identification of emerging risks or threats.
Reporting protocols enable the rapid escalation of any adverse
trends to the Audit and Risk Committee.
· Stress and scenario modelling considers the consequences of
production falling materially above or below forecast new business
levels. This allows the Board to ensure that forecasting and
planning activities are sufficiently robust and well
targeted.
· Continuous investment in and development of
technology. During the reporting period we
have continued to maintain close contact with our distribution
partners as new technological solutions were deployed.
· Investment in new markets and expansion of existing markets,
developing new key distributor relationships and new product
development for specific markets and globally.
|
Market Risk:
Arising from major market stresses or fluctuations in market
variables, resulting in a fall in equity or other asset values,
currency volatilities or a combined scenario
manifesting.
|
Market risk remains an inherent
element of the Group's unit linked business and is continuously
assessed and monitored via the ERM Framework. This monitoring
recognises the international nature of the Group's operations and
the challenges which might emerge from a significant adverse
currency movement over a sustained period. Key risk indicators also
assess the potential for balance sheet and profit reduction impacts
to emerge from a drop in equities, and the potential contagion
effects for the broader risk portfolio. Such contagion might
include deferred impacts to profit through reduced sales activity,
concentration risks on fund holdings/underlying assets, and reduced
incomes through increased lapse rates.
Simultaneously the Board
recognises that socioeconomic vulnerabilities and prevailing
uncertainties associated with economic volatility might curb
consumer appetite for the selection and purchase of financial
services products and the period over which business is retained.
In addition, the Group operates internationally and earns income in
a range of different currencies, with the majority of premiums
denominated in USD, whilst the vast majority of its operational
cost base is denominated in GBP. A significant adverse currency
movement over a sustained period remains a principal risk to the
Group.
How we manage the risk:
· The
Board recognises that market volatilities and currency movements
are unpredictable and driven by a diverse range of factors and
these risks are inherent in the provision of investment-linked
products. KRIs are established to monitor evolving and emerging
indicators of adverse experience to enable the triggering of
management actions at the earliest opportunity.
· The
currencies of assets and liabilities are matched within set
tolerances and certain expenses are invoiced in US Dollars to match
against US Dollar income streams.
· Business plans are modelled across a broad range of market
and economic scenarios and take account of alternative commercial
outlooks within overall business strategy. This promotes a greater
understanding of market and currency risk, the limits of the
Group's resilience and the range of possible mitigating
options.
· Stress testing performed during the year ended 30 June 2024
assessed the impacts of reasonably plausible market risk events and
scenarios, including those resulting from macroeconomic challenges
driven by geopolitical instabilities, inflationary outlooks,
uncertainties in commodity price and currency
volatilities.
· The
long-term nature of the Group's products serves to smooth short
term currency fluctuations. However, longer term trends are
monitored and considered in pricing models.
|
Credit Risk:
Arising from the failure or default of a counterparty such
that the Group does not receive cash flows or assets to which it is
entitled.
|
In dealing with third party
financial institutions, including banking, money
market and settlement, custody, reinsurers and other
counterparties, the Group is exposed to the risk of financial loss
and potential disruption of core business functional and
operational processes.
Financial loss can also arise when
the funds in which contract holders are invested become illiquid,
resulting in past and future fee income not being received.
The failure of Independent Financial Advisors ("IFAs") can also
result in loss where unearned commissions can be due back to the
Group.
How we manage the risk:
· The
Group seeks to limit exposure to loss or detriment via counterparty
failure through robust selection criteria, minimum rating agency
limits, pre-defined risk-based limits on concentrations of
exposures and continuous review of positions to identify, evaluate,
restrict, and monitor various forms of exposure on an individual
and aggregate basis. These include robust selection criteria in
respect of intermediaries with whom we establish Terms of Business
and ongoing monitoring in accordance with key risk indicators and
appetite tolerance limits.
· During the reporting period we have continued to closely
monitor geopolitical developments and potential disruptions to
international payment systems and capital markets arising from the
extensive sanctions in force in the context of the Russia-Ukraine
conflict.
|
Liquidity and Cashflow Risk:
Arising from a failure to maintain adequate levels of
liquidity and cashflow to meet financial obligations under both
planned and stressed conditions.
|
If the Group does not have
sufficient levels of liquid assets and cashflow to support business
activities or settle its obligations as they fall due, the Group
may be in default of its obligations and may incur significant
sanction, loss, or cost to rectify the position.
How we manage the risk:
· Shareholder and policyholder cash assets are invested in a
prudent manner, in accordance with set criteria, designed to
mitigate liquidity and cashflow risk, including high quality Money
Market Funds, Fixed Deposits and Corporate Bonds.
· The
Treasury Working Group, which reports to the Investment Committee,
oversees the day-to-day investment of balances. The Investment
Committee and Audit and Risk Committee are responsible for setting
the criteria used.
|
Legal and Regulatory Risk:
Arising from changes in the regulatory landscape, which
adversely impact the Group's business model, or from a failure by
the Group, or one of its subsidiary entities, to meet its legal,
regulatory or contractual obligations, resulting in the risk of
loss or the imposition of penalties, damages or
fines
|
The scale and pace of change in
regulatory and supervisory environments and expectations continue
to require efficient and effective ways to evidence and demonstrate
how legal and regulatory obligations are met, whilst compliance
analytics and high-quality data driven insights are becoming
increasingly important.
The direction of regulatory travel
demands continued investment in the capacity, competence, and
capability of resourcing across all business areas, having regard
to the extent of risk interdependencies and the embedding of
personal accountability regimes. The
impacts associated with crystallisation of a significant legal or
compliance failing, including sanctions or judgments against
Hansard entities, financial penalties, public disclosures,
reputational damage, restrictions on activities and other forms of
intervention, have been escalated by sea-changes in political
landscapes and shifting supervisory attitudes to regulatory
effectiveness.
The interpretation or application
of regulation over time may impact market accessibility, broker
relationships and / or competitive viability. If the Group fails to
monitor the legal and regulatory environment or adequately
integrate the management of associated obligations within
strategic, business model or business planning processes there may
be material risk to the achievement of strategic objectives both in
the short and longer term.
How we manage the risk:
· Robust strategic planning processes informed by analytical
review of the external environment and consideration of associated
risk in the short and longer term.
· Continuous monitoring and review of developments in
international law and regulation and proactive management of how
such developments might shape jurisdictional specific
reaction.
· Active and transparent engagement with regulatory authorities
and industry bodies on a multi-jurisdictional basis, including
active engagement in and responding to regulatory consultation
exercises.
· Maintenance of robust governance, risk management and
internal control arrangements to ensure that legal and regulatory
obligations are substantively met on a continuing basis.
· Active engagement with professional advisors to address
specific risks and issues that arise.
|
Financial Crime Risk:
Arising from any failure to evidence and demonstrate the
establishment, implementation and maintenance of effective
governance, risk management and internal control arrangements for
the prevention and detection of illicit economic activity,
including money laundering, terrorist financing, proliferation
financing, sanctions evasion, bribery, corruption, and fraud, or to
ensure the arrangements are operating effectively and as intended
on a continuing basis.
|
The Board recognises that
financial crime takes on many forms, allowing criminal actors and
organised crime gangs alike to infiltrate economic and financial
systems, with additional challenges presented by geoeconomic
uncertainties and geopolitical instabilities. The breadth of
financial crime affirms the ubiquity of this risk with inherent
links to violent crime and the ability to significantly undermine
jurisdictional social and economic structures. The rapid innovation
of digital technologies is increasingly enabling financial crimes
to be carried out remotely, presenting additional complexities to
prevention and detection and highlighting its transnational
impacts.
Within this context regulators are
taking, and expecting from firms, an increasingly holistic approach
to mitigating financial crime risks with robust and effective
systems and controls established to detect and prevent all forms of
illicit economic activity. It is imperative that these arrangements
are fit for purpose in terms of both design and implementation and
are capable of adapting to emerging and evolving financial crime
risks.
How we manage the risk:
· Rigorous governance, risk management and internal control
arrangements to prevent and detect illicit economic activity with
the capability to identify and respond to any emerging risks or
threats.
· Rapid, scalable, and effective sanctions screening mechanisms
to ensure robust, effective, and compliant understanding of the
landscape on a continuing basis.
· Implementation of scrutiny and oversight controls across all
three lines of defence to ensure governance layers proactively
target both the design and effective operation of the risk
management and internal control frameworks.
· Highly experienced technical resource dedicated to respective
compliance deliveries.
|
Culture and Conduct Risk:
Arising from any failure of governance, risk management and
internal control arrangements, via corporate or individual
actions.
|
Organisational culture remains
under scrutiny by the Board as a fundamental driver of corporate
success, prudential soundness, and compliant conduct. Any failure
to adequately assess, monitor, manage and mitigate risks to the
delivery of fair customer outcomes, or to market integrity, can be
expected to result in material detriment to the achievement of
strategic objectives and incur regulatory censure, financial
penalty, contract holder litigation and / or material reputational
damage.
Clear and heightened regulatory
expectations of individual and corporate accountability continue to
connect governance, risk, and compliance obligations directly to
cultural imperatives and the responsibilities assigned to
individual Senior Managers.
How we manage the risk:
· Programme level initiatives to address and support cultural
change and development have remained in active progress during the
reporting period with the results of investment in culture
diagnostics informing business decision-making and tactical
solutions to drive cultural change, where needed.
· Iterative enhancements to the Group's ERM Framework continue
to drive and deliver the integration of conduct risk management at
both a cultural and practical level.
· Business activities designed to manage the volume and
velocity of regulatory change include a core focus on ensuring
compliance with conduct risk obligations, managing conflicts of
interest, preventing market abuse, and building robust governance
arrangements around new product development and product suitability
processes.
· Forward looking risk indicators and executive leadership in
respect of understanding and addressing the drivers of conduct risk
focus on all core areas with assessment at strategic, functional,
and operational levels.
· The
Group maintains regular dialogue with its regulatory authorities
and with its external advisors in relation to developments in the
regulatory environments in which we operate.
|
Operational Resilience Risk:
Arising from any exposure to risk events with the capacity to
cause operational failures or wide scale disruptions in financial
markets, whether directly or via a third party.
|
The ability to maintain critical
services or operations during periods of disruption is receiving
increasing levels of regulatory scrutiny with concurrent growth in
the formalisation of regulatory expectation. 'Resilience
Principles' build on the real-world tests presented by the Covid-19
pandemic and the near-term threat of disruption of key global
infrastructure in the context of the ongoing Russia-Ukraine
conflict. Resilience risk and associated regulatory expectations
directly extend to threats originating via third parties, including
external providers, supply chains networks and outsourcing
architectures intended to leverage economies of scale, gain access
to specialist expertise, or deliver advanced technologies
supporting innovative services.
Global supervisory attention is
focussed on regulating for resilience by ensuring that strategies
such as grounding resilience analyses in key delivery requirements,
appreciating the potential for systemic vulnerabilities and
embracing a diversity of approaches combine to strengthen the
ability of financial services firms to withstand operational risk
related events.
How we manage the risk:
· ERM
conventions guide the identification and assessment of events or
scenarios presenting risk to operational resilience - typically
pandemics, cyber incidents, technology failures or natural
disasters - as well as supply chain disruption impacts to critical
processes, business continuity and good governance.
· Impact tolerances, together with mapping and testing allow
the identification of services which could cause harm, if disrupted
and identify any areas of vulnerability.
· Stress testing, continuity planning, and recovery and
resolution strategies provide for continuous review of the adequacy
and effectiveness with which the business can respond to and
recover from disruptions.
|
Cyber and Information Security Risk:
Arising from the increased digitalisation of business
activities and growing dependence upon technology in the context of
exposure to elevated and more pernicious forms of digital and cyber
risk.
|
The nature and complexity of cyber
threats and cyber risk present the single most significant risk to
financial services firms. The mounting sophistication and
persistence of cybercrime and the growing adoption of highly
advanced, nation-state type tools by cyber criminals, underscore
the challenges in understanding and anticipating the nature of
cyber threats and cyber risks. Over the longer-term, technological
advances, including advances in generative AI, can be expected to
enable a wide range of state and non-state agents to access
information which will allow new tools of disruption to be
conceptualised and developed.
Organised crime continues to
exploit weaknesses in cyber defences whilst new technological
capabilities and use of third-party platforms add to the complexity
of understanding the complete reach of cyber and information
security exposures. Geopolitical tensions and the rapid escalation of conflict combined with
technological advances in generative AI and the leveraging of
misinformation and disinformation will continue to provoke
unprecedented cyber risks for Western governments and
corporations.
Building resilience to
continuously evolving cyber risk remains a priority for all
stakeholders focussed on three core areas - cyber risk
identification, cyber risk governance and cyber risk
resilience In the event of any material
failure in core business systems, or business processes, or if the
Group fails to take adequate and appropriate measures to protect
its systems and data from the inherent risk of attack, disruption
and/or unauthorised access by internal or external parties, this
could result in confidential data being exposed and/or systems
interruption. A significant cybercrime event could result in
reputational damage, regulatory censure, and financial
loss.
How we manage the risk:
· Continuous focus on the maintenance of a robust, secure, and
resilient IT environment that protects customer and corporate data
as a core element of our operational resilience mapping.
· Control techniques deployed to evaluate the security of
systems and proactively address emerging threats both internally
within the organisation and externally, through regular engagement
with internet and technology providers and through industry
forums.
· Maintenance of detailed and robust Business Continuity and
Disaster Recovery Plans, including full data replication at an
independent recovery centre, which can be invoked when
required.
· Frequent and robust testing of business continuity and
disaster recovery arrangements.
· Periodic independent third-party systems penetration testing
and review of controls.
· Horizon scanning to identify and assess supervisory
initiatives advocating and promoting good practice in cyber
resilience and associated industry developments.
|
Corporate Sustainability Risk:
Arising from the risk of failing to integrate environmental,
social and governance considerations into the Group's strategic and
business planning activities, or to proactively review, understand
and act on the challenges and opportunities
presented.
|
The importance of integration of
sustainability issues into the Group's core strategies and business
plans is recognised by the Board, requiring value-driven, adaptive
practices. These practices must continuously enhance the Group's
corporate governance arrangements, as sustainability related issues
evolve, and demonstrate to clients, investors, regulators, and
wider stakeholder groups that sustainability and resilience risks
and opportunities are understood.
How we manage the risk:
· Actively building sustainability considerations into strategy
development and business planning processes through structured
analysis, formal assessment mechanisms and cross-functional
collaboration.
· Factoring emerging sustainability risk issues into key
decision-making and understanding the impacts for the tools and
methodologies currently used to manage risk, including governance
structures, risk ownership, risk and control self-assessment
principles, regulatory developments, third party service provisions
and effective reporting.
· Development of adaptation plans, which embrace
forward-looking analysis and support strategic decision-making,
with consideration of relevant business planning, operations,
underwriting and investment activities to contribute to a
sustainable transition to net-zero targets and provide effective
mitigation of climate change related risks.
· Detailed analysis of climate and other ESG risks, which could
cause macroeconomic stresses in future, including impacts to
markets, interest rates, inflation and exchange rates.
· Developing and updating relevant components in relation to
the sustainability risk domain, including policies, procedures,
risk indicators, management data and stress testing.
· 'In
flight' initiatives addressing cultural alignment and structural
resilience encompass core ESG considerations.
|
Employee Engagement and Talent Risk:
Arising from any failure to drive and support the right
corporate culture and attract, develop, engage and retain key
personnel.
|
'Talent risk' continues to grow in
prominence on the operational risk agenda at industry level with
persistent challenges linked to attracting and retaining employees
across all financial services sectors. The Group's strategy has
core dependencies on attracting and retaining experienced and
high-performing management and employees and building a strong and
sustainable culture, driven by our purpose, our leadership, our
performance management regime and our governance principles and
objectives. The knowledge, skills, attitudes and behaviours of our
employees, and the success with which these attributes shape and
define our culture, are central to our success.
How we manage the risk:
· Significant investment in initiatives to address and support
cultural change and development, shape strategy and inform tactical
solutions.
· Continuation of our 'Culture Programme' with clearly defined
areas of focus under three core pillars, those being:
- High Performance Culture
- Learning Culture
- Environment & Wellbeing
These remain in active progress
led by the Executive Committee with oversight by the
Board.
|
Further details around financial
risks are outlined in note 3 of the consolidated financial
statements.
Philip Kay
Chair
25 September 2024
CONTENTS
Board of
Directors
Page 32
Directors'
Report
Page 34
Directors'
Responsibilities
Page 39
Corporate Governance Report
Page 40
Report of the Audit and Risk
Committee
Page 69
Report of the Nominations
Committee
Page 73
Report of the Remuneration
Committee
Page 76
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Directors serving at the date
of approval of this Annual Report and Accounts are as
follows:
Philip Kay
Non-executive Chair
Chair of the Nominations Committee. Member of the
Remuneration Committee.
Philip was appointed as
Non-executive Chair with effect from 1 May 2022.
He was previously appointed as an Independent
Non-executive Director with effect from 3 March 2020. Philip has
had a long career in investment banking and investment management.
He is Chair of Schroder Japan Trust PLC and a fellow of Wolfson
College, Oxford. He is a former Managing Director and Senior
Advisor of Credit Suisse First Boston where he ran the firm's
global Japanese cash equity business. He is also a former Director
of Fidelity Japan Trust PLC, of Schroder Securities Limited and of
Smith New Court PLC.
Thomas Morfett
Group Chief Executive Officer
& Group Chief Financial Officer
Tom was appointed as Chief
Financial Officer and executive Director with effect from 17 April
2023 and as Chief Executive Officer with effect from 2nd
August 2024. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered
Accountants in England and Wales, a Fellow of the Institute and
Faculty of Actuaries, and holds an MA in Mathematics from Oxford
University.
Prior to joining the group, Tom
was Financial Controller and Head of Actuarial for the Utmost Isle
of Man group of companies, having previously held the same
positions for the Quilter International group of companies. He has
extensive experience within the Isle of Man life insurance sector
including as Appointed Actuary for Canada Life's Isle of Man
companies, and roles at Zurich Isle of Man and Royal London Isle of
Man. He trained as a Chartered Accountant with Deloitte.
Jose Ribeiro
Senior Independent Non-executive
Director
Chair of the Remuneration Committee. Member of the Audit and
Risk and Nominations Committees.
Jose was appointed as an
Independent Non-executive Director with effect from 2 December
2019. He has over 30 years of experience in the financial
services industry globally having been a board member in
several jurisdictions around the world. Jose is a certified EU
actuary with an MBA degree. Jose is the Chair and Independent
Non-executive Director of Starr Insurance Companies,
Chairman at Yurtle, an MGA and Insurtech
operating in the Employee Benefit space and regulated by the FCA in
the UK, and Insurance Lead and Guest Lecturer at Imperial College
Business School, where he lectures in Risk
Management.
Jose started his insurance career
with American International Group (ALICO) in 1986 as a Life
and Pensions actuary and spent the first 16 years of his career
working with subsidiaries of AIG and Munich Re, performing a
variety of senior roles (including CEO, Chief Actuary, Pension Fund
manager, Regional Director for Employee Benefits) in Europe, the US
and Latin America. Since 2002 Jose has had a variety of roles
including CEO for Latin America and the Caribbean at Willis,
Director for International Markets at Lloyd's of London where he
was responsible for overseeing the Lloyd's trading platforms in
China, Japan and Singapore, and Managing Director and Board Member
for Asia-Pacific at A.M. Best (Credit Rating Agency).
David Peach
Independent Non-executive
Director
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee. Member of Remuneration
and Nominations Committees.
David was appointed as an
Independent Non-executive Director with effect from 31 December
2020. David is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered
Accountants in England and Wales and a Fellow of the Association of
Corporate Treasurers. He has a degree in Economics from the
University of Warwick. He is a Non-executive Director of
IntegraLife International Ltd, IntegraLife UK Ltd,
Group Risk Mutual Limited and Manx Development Corporation Limited.
After training as an accountant
with KPMG, David has had more than 25 years' experience in
financial services. He has held board level roles in insurance,
banking, trust, and fund management companies across a number of
different jurisdictions.
Marc Polonsky
Non-executive Director
Marc was appointed as a
Non-executive Director on 26 September 2018, having previously
served as an alternate Director to Dr Leonard Polonsky since 26
September 2013. He is managing trustee of The
Polonsky Foundation, a UK-registered charity supporting
cultural heritage, the arts and humanities education. He is a
Retired Partner from international law firm White &
Case.
Noel Harwerth OBE
Independent Non-executive
Director
Noel was appointed as Independent
Non-executive Director on 23 September 2024. Noel is a highly experienced non-executive director who has sat on a number
of boards in a variety of
different sectors,
including mining and finance industry companies and will bring with
her a wealth of knowledge. She currently
serves on the boards of One Savings Bank (as Senior Independent
Director) and Crown Agents Bank. Prior roles include Chair of the
UK Export Finance Agency (until February 2024) and member of the
Boards of the UK Department of Business and Trade, Scotia Bank
Europe, Standard Life, London Metals Exchange, and Bank of England
RTGS/CHAPS Board. From 1998
Noel served as Chairman of Sumitomo Mitsui Bank
(Europe, Middle East and Africa) from 2004 to June 2015. From 1998 to
2004,
Noel was Chief Operating Officer of Citibank
International PLC in London. She was
responsible for infrastructure and governance of Europe's first
truly pan European bank with branches in 18 countries.
Noel was educated at the University of Texas in
Austin and holds a Juris Doctor Degree from the University of Texas
Law School. She has both US and British
citizenship.
Directors' Report
Financial statements
The Directors have pleasure in
submitting their Annual Report on the affairs of the Company and
the Group together with the financial statements and the auditor's
report for the year ended 30 June 2024. Where the context requires
"the Group" means Hansard Global plc and its wholly owned
subsidiaries.
Hansard Global plc is the holding
company of the Group and has a Premium Listing on the London Stock
Exchange. The Company is a limited liability company incorporated
and domiciled in the Isle of Man.
Activities
The principal activity of the
Company is to act as the holding company of the Hansard Group of
companies. The activities of the principal operating subsidiaries
include the transaction of life assurance business and related
activities.
Principal operating subsidiaries
The following companies are wholly
owned subsidiaries of the Company and represent its principal
operating subsidiaries at the balance sheet date and at the date of
this report. All companies are incorporated in the Isle of Man with
the exception of Hansard Europe and Hansard Worldwide. Hansard
Europe is incorporated in the Republic of Ireland. Hansard
Europe was closed to new business with effect from 30 June
2013. Hansard Worldwide is incorporated in The
Bahamas.
Company
|
Business
|
Hansard International
Limited*
|
Life Assurance
|
Hansard Europe Designated Activity
Company
|
Life Assurance
|
Hansard Worldwide
Limited
|
Life Assurance
|
Hansard Administration Services
Limited**
|
Administration services
|
Hansard Development Services
Limited
|
Marketing and development
services
|
* Hansard
International Limited has two overseas branches in Labuan and
Japan.
** Hansard
Administration Services Limited has a branch in Ireland.
Results and dividends
The results of trading of the
Group for the year under IFRS are set out in the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income on page 94. The consolidated
financial statements have been prepared under IFRS. The financial
statements of the parent company have been prepared under UK
Generally Accepted Accounting Practice ("UK GAAP"), comprising
Financial Reporting Standard 102.
Additionally, certain information
relating to Own Funds and Risk Based Capital is presented in the
"Other Information" section of this report on pages 143 to 145. The
Board believes that such information provides additional meaningful
information on the financial position and performance of the Group
in a particular financial year than that provided by IFRS reporting
alone.
Results under IFRS
Profit before tax for the year was
£5.3m, compared with a profit for the prior year of
£5.9m.
Dividends totalling £6.1m were
paid during the year (2023: £5.9m).
Proposed final dividend
The Board has resolved to pay a
final dividend of 2.65p per share on 15 November 2024, subject to
approval at the Annual General Meeting ("AGM"), to shareholders on
the register on 13 November 2024 (with the ex-dividend date being 3
October 2024). If approved, this would bring the total
dividends in respect of the year ended 30 June 2024 to 4.45p per
share (2023: 4.45p per share).
In making this decision, the Board
has carefully considered its current and future cash flows, the
risks and potential impacts introduced by the on-going geopolitical
position, global economic conditions, the outlook for future growth
and profitability and the views of key stakeholders, including
shareholders and regulators.
Business review and future developments
A full review of the Group's
activities during the year, recent events and future developments
is contained in the Chair's Statement on pages 1 and 2, the Chief
Executive Officer's Review on pages 3 to 5, and the Business and
Financial Review on pages 11 to 21.
Risk management and internal controls
Details of the Group's risk
management and internal control processes can be found on pages 22
to 25. A summary of
the principal risks and uncertainties can be found on pages 25 to
30.
Corporate governance and corporate social
responsibility
The Corporate Governance Report on
pages 40 to 68 provides full details on the efforts made by the
Group in the areas of corporate governance and corporate social
responsibility within the business,
including the information required under Rule
7.2.6 of the FCA's Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules and
is incorporated into the Directors' Report by reference.
Audit and Risk committee
The Audit and Risk Committee
Report on pages 69 to 72 outline how the integrity of the financial
reporting and audit process is overseen and the maintenance of
sound internal controls and risk management systems.
Directors' remuneration
Details of Directors' remuneration
for the year can be found in the Report of the Remuneration
Committee on pages 76 to 82.
Directors
Details of Board members at the
date of this report, together with their biographical details, are
set out on pages 32 to 33. Except where otherwise noted, all
Board members served throughout the financial year and to the date
of this report. Dr Leonard Polonsky maintains the honorary
title of President to reflect his role having founded the Group in
1970.
In accordance with the Articles of
Association all the Directors will retire at the AGM and, where
applicable and eligible, shall seek election or
re-election.
Share capital
At 30 June 2024 the Company's
issued share capital comprised 137,557,079 ordinary shares of 50
pence each. As at 30 June 2024 the total voting rights of the
Company were 137,557,079. There have been no changes to the
issued share capital and total voting rights during the period from
30 June 2024 until the date of this report.
Further details of the issued
share capital together with details of authorised share capital and
movements during the year are included in note 22 to the
consolidated financial statements. The Company has one class of
share in issue, ordinary shares of 50 pence each, all of which are
fully paid.
Each ordinary share in issue
carries equal rights including one vote per share on a poll at
general meetings of the Company, subject to the terms of the
Company's Articles of Association and applicable laws. Votes may be
exercised by shareholders attending or otherwise duly represented
at general meetings. Deadlines for the exercise of voting rights by
proxy on a poll at a general meeting are detailed in the notice of
meeting and proxy cards issued in connection with the relevant
meeting. There are no restrictions on voting rights or on the
transfer of shares.
Substantial shareholdings
At 30 June 2024 the Company had
been notified of the following holdings in its share
capital.
Name
|
Shares
(millions)
|
% holding
|
Dr L S Polonsky CBE *
|
50.8
|
37.0
|
Aberforth Partners LLP
|
20.0
|
14.6
|
The Polonsky Foundation
|
9.9
|
7.2
|
Mr M A L Polonsky *
|
7.8
|
5.7
|
Premier Miton Group plc
|
6.8
|
5.0
|
* Including holdings of
spouse
There have been no significant
changes in these holdings between the balance sheet date and the
date of this report.
Employee Benefit Trust
An Employee Benefit Trust ("EBT")
was established in February 2018 for the purpose of providing
share-based reward.
During the year, net share awards
totalling 463,823 shares were granted to Directors and Executive
Committee members, with the awards vesting after 3 years, subject
to the rules of the Deferred Bonus Plan. 700,000 shares were
purchased during the year and transferred into the EBT, to give a
total of 1,257,000 shares held as at 30 June 2024.
Share incentive schemes
Save As You Earn programme
A Save As You Earn share save
programme allows eligible employees to have the opportunity of
acquiring an equity interest in the Company. The Save As You Earn
programme was renewed for a further ten years at the 2017
AGM.
At the balance sheet date there
were no options outstanding (2023: 29,031 options), details of
which can be found in the Report of the Remuneration
Committee.
Research and development
The Group's development activities
focus on bringing new products to market to leverage distribution
opportunities.
Information about securities carrying voting
rights
The following information is
disclosed in accordance with DTR 7.2.6 of the FCA's Disclosure
Guidance and Transparency Rules:
· the
Company's capital structure and voting rights are summarised on
page 35.
· details of the Company's substantial shareholders are set out
on page 35.
· an
amendment to the Company's Articles of Association and the giving
of powers to issue or buy back the Company's shares requires an
appropriate resolution to be passed by shareholders.
· the
Company may alter its Articles of Association by special resolution
at a general meeting of the Company.
· the
appointment and replacement of Directors is governed by the
Company's Articles of Association. The Articles of Association
provide that the Directors may be appointed by ordinary resolution
of the shareholders or by the Board. The Company must have not less
than two, and not more than 12 Directors. Where Directors are
appointed by the Board, they may only hold office until the next
AGM of the Company where they will be eligible for election. Each
Director must then retire from office at each AGM. The Company may
remove a Director by ordinary resolution.
Powers of Directors
Subject to the Articles of
Association, the Isle of Man Companies
Acts 1931 to 2004 and related legislation
and any directions given by resolution of shareholders, the
business of the Company will be managed by the Board which may
exercise all the powers of the Company.
Directors' interests
Directors' interests in shares in
the Company and in options granted under the Save As You Earn
programme are disclosed in the Report of the Remuneration Committee
on pages 76 to 82 together with details of their contractual
arrangements with the Group.
Controlling Shareholder
Dr Leonard Polonsky is the
controlling shareholder of the Group. To ensure compliance with
independence provisions set out in Listing Rule 6.5.4 a summary of
the most recent written and legally binding agreement, dated 22
September 2014, governing his relationship with the Group (the
"Agreement") is set out in the Report of the Remuneration Committee
on pages 76 to 82.
There were no significant
transactions between the Group and Dr Polonsky during the
year.
In accordance with Listing Rule
9.8.4 R (14), since entering into the Agreement, the Company has
fully complied with the independence provisions included within
this Agreement, and, so far as the Company is aware, the controlling
shareholder and its associates have also complied with the
independence and procurement provisions set out in Listing Rule
6.5.4 during the period under review.
Company Secretary
The Company Secretary at 30 June
2024 was Hazel Stewart.
Forward-looking statements
The Chair's statement, the Group
Chief Executive Officer's overview, the Business and Financial
Review and other sections of this Annual Report and Accounts may
contain forward-looking statements about the Group's current plans,
goals and expectations on future financial conditions, performance,
results, strategy, and objectives. Statements containing the words:
'believes', 'intends', 'expects', 'plans', 'seeks', 'anticipates'
and other words of similar meaning are forward-looking. All
forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty. This is
because they relate to future events and circumstances that are
beyond the Group's control.
As a result, the Group's future
financial condition, performance and results may differ materially
from the plans, goals and expectations set out in the
forward-looking statements. The Company will not undertake any
obligation to update any of the forward-looking statements in this
Annual Report and Accounts.
Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The AGM of the Company will be
held on 13 November 2024 at the Company's registered
office.
A copy of the notice of the AGM
will be available to shareholders on
www.hansard.com together with
this Annual Report and Accounts. As well as the business normally
conducted at such a meeting, shareholders will be asked to elect or
re-elect all Directors. The Directors consider that all the
resolutions to be put to the AGM are in the best interests of the
Company and its shareholders as a whole and will be voting in
favour of them. The Board undertakes to apply the Listing Rules in
relation to the re-appointment of the Independent Non-executive
Directors. This requires that re-election is by majority of votes
cast by independent shareholders as well as by majority of all
shareholders.
The Company further confirms that,
as required by the Listing Rules, it has an agreement in place with
Dr Polonsky as the controlling shareholder and that the Company has
complied with the requirements of the agreement throughout the year
to 30 June 2024.
Copies of the Letter of
Appointment for the Non-executive Directors will be available for
inspection at the Company's registered office during normal
business hours and the AGM venue 15 minutes prior to the AGM until
the conclusion of the AGM.
In accordance with the Group's
normal practice, the total number of proxy votes lodged at the
meeting on each resolution (categorised as for; against; and votes
withheld) will be made available both at the meeting and
subsequently on the Company's website.
Political donations
The Group did not make any
political donations during the year (2023: £nil).
Adequacy of the information supplied to the
auditor
The Directors who held office at
the date of approval of this Directors' Report confirm that, so far
as each is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which
the Company's auditor is unaware, and each Director has taken all
steps that he ought to have taken as a Director to make himself
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the
Company's auditor is aware of that information.
Auditor
The Company's auditor, KPMG Audit
LLC ("KPMG"), has indicated its willingness to continue in office.
The Audit and Risk Committee has recommended that KPMG be
reappointed as the Company's auditor. Accordingly, a resolution to
reappoint KPMG as auditor to the Company, and to authorise the
Directors to determine its remuneration, will be proposed at the
2024 AGM.
Going concern
The Directors have at the date of
approving the financial statements, a reasonable expectation that
the Company and the Group have adequate resources to operate as a
going concern for the foreseeable future, being a period of 12
months from the approval of the financial statements and have
prepared the financial statements on that basis.
In making this statement, the
Directors have considered the impact on
the business of the ongoing geopolitical position and global
economic conditions. They have reviewed
financial forecasts that include plausible downside
scenarios such as reduced levels of new
business and higher expenses arising from increased
inflation. These show the Group continuing
to generate profit over at least the required 12 months from the
date of approval of the financial statements and that the Group has
sufficient cash reserves to enable it to meet its obligations as
they fall due.
The Directors expect that the
acquisition of new business will continue to be challenging in the
current climate. The impact of this however is not immediate
to the Group's profit and cash flows and therefore allows for
longer term adjustments to operations and the cost base. Long
periods of lower new business or lower AuA would be addressed by
reducing the cost base and, where necessary, the dividend
paid.
The following factors are
considered as supportive to the Group's resilience to
external market and economic
challenges:
· The
Group's business model focuses on long term savings products, a
majority of which are regular premium paying products which
continue to receive cash inflows regardless of the amount of new
business sold.
· The
Group earns approximately a third of its revenues from asset-based
income which is not immediately dependent on sourcing new
business.
· New
business channels are geographically dispersed and therefore less
exposed to specific regional factors.
· The
largest cash outflow associated with new business is commission
expenditure which reduces directly in line with reduced
sales.
· The
Group has and continues to the date of this report to have, a
strong capital position with significant levels of liquidity and
cash (as outlined in the Business and Financial Review).
· The
Group places the majority of its shareholder assets into
conservative, highly-liquid, highly rated bank deposits and money
market funds. These are typically not subject to price
fluctuation and protect the Group's assets against potential market
volatility.
· The
Group has no borrowings.
Post balance sheet events
There have been no material
post-balance sheet events, which would require disclosure in, or
adjustment to, these consolidated financial statements.
Longer-term viability statement
In accordance with provision 31 of
the UK Corporate Governance Code and Listing Rule 9.8.6, the
Directors have assessed the prospects of the Group over a five-year
period and have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be
able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall
due over the period of assessment.
The Group and its insurance
subsidiaries are required to maintain minimum regulatory solvency
capital levels based on the size and nature of business
written.
The assessment of prospects is
considered over a five-year period as this matches the period over
which business plans are considered by the Board. The Board
also considers it a reasonable period in light of rapidly changing
regulation, competitive landscape and technology advances and
developments.
The Group's business plan and
associated scenario modelling includes projections of the Group's
profit, capital, liquidity, and solvency. Scenario and stress
testing consider the Group's capacity to absorb or respond to
potential economic, contract holder activity or operational
stresses. These include material investment market declines,
interest rate movements, mass surrenders by contract-holders and
operational losses. Reverse stress tests are also considered
to provide insight into the level of stress needed to breach
regulatory solvency requirements.
The assessment also considered
simultaneous multiple adverse impacts that could plausibly
occur. This included a 50% reduction to new business, a 25%
reduction in AuA due to market declines and a 15% strengthening of
sterling all arising at the same time. While these stresses
produce lower levels of profit, cash, and dividends, none of them
produce an immediate risk to the viability of the business.
This allows therefore for compensatory management actions to be
taken to secure longer-term viability through for example expense
and dividend reductions.
In making its overall assessment,
the Board has also considered the principal and emerging risks and
associated mitigating strategies which it has identified and
outlined on page 25 to 30. The Directors confirm that they
have undertaken a robust assessment of the principal and emerging
risks facing the Group.
Statement of Directors' responsibilities in respect of the
Annual Report and the financial statements
The Directors are responsible for
preparing the Annual Report and financial statements in accordance
with applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors
to prepare Group and Parent Company financial statements for each
financial year. Under that law they are required to prepare
the Group financial statements in accordance with international
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the
Companies Acts 1931 to 2004 and applicable law and have elected to
prepare the Parent Company financial statements in accordance with
United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising Financial Reporting
Standard 102 'The Financial Reporting Standard Applicable in the UK
and Republic of Ireland' ("FRS 102").
Under company law the Directors
must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied
that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the
Group and Parent Company and of the Group's profit or loss for that
period. In preparing each of the Group and Parent Company
financial statements, the Directors are required to:
· select suitable accounting policies and then apply them
consistently.
· make
judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant, and
reliable.
· state whether they have been prepared in accordance with
international accounting standards in conformity with the
requirements of the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004 and as regards the
group financial statements, UK adopted International Accounting
Standards.
· assess the Group and Parent Company's ability to continue as
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to
going concern.
· use
the going concern basis of accounting unless they intend either to
liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations or
have no realistic alternative but to do so.
The Directors are responsible for
keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and
explain the parent Company's transactions and disclose with
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the
parent Company and to enable them to ensure that its financial
statements comply with the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004. They are
responsible for such internal control as they determine is
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error,
and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are
reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to
prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.
Under applicable law and
regulations, the Directors are responsible for preparing a
Directors' Report, Directors' Remuneration Report and Corporate
Governance Statement that comply with that law and those
regulations.
The Directors are responsible for
the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial
information included on the Company's website. Legislation in
the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial
statements may differ from legislation in other
jurisdictions.
Responsibility statement of the Directors in respect of the
annual financial report
We confirm that to the best of our
knowledge:
· the
financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable
set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as
a whole; and
· the
Directors' Report includes a fair review of the development and
performance of the business and the position of the issuer, and the
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole,
together with a description of the principal risks and
uncertainties that they face.
By Order of the Board
Hazel Stewart
Company Secretary
25 September 2024
Corporate Governance Report
Compliance with Companies Acts
As an Isle of Man incorporated
company, the Company's primary obligation is to comply with the
Isle of Man Companies Acts 1931 to 2004. The Board confirms that
the Company is compliant with the relevant provisions of the
Companies Acts.
Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 ("the
Code")
The Board believes high standards
of corporate governance are integral to the delivery of the Group
strategy and so the Board maintains a strong commitment to
achieving the highest standards of corporate governance.
During the year under review, the Group applied
the principles and provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code
2018 ("the Code"). A copy of the Code is available on the Financial Reporting Council website at
www.frc.org.uk.
The following specific information
required in the Directors' Report is included in other sections of
this Annual Report and is incorporated by reference:
Board leadership and Company purpose.
The Board's overarching role is to
promote the Company's long-term sustainable success, to generate
value for shareholders and improve customer outcomes by providing
simple, understandable and innovative financial
solutions.
|
A Effective and entrepreneurial
Board
B Purpose, values, strategy and
culture
C Resources and
controls
D Stakeholder
engagement
|
Page 45
Page 5
Pages 13-20, 22-30
Pages 41-45, 68
|
Division of
responsibilities
The Board has a clear division of
responsibilities between the leadership of the Board and executive
leadership of the business.
Committee terms of reference
determine the authority of each of the Board's
Committees.
Governance arrangements are in
place to ensure that the Board and Directors can meet their
obligations under the Code.
|
F Role of the Chair
G Independence and division of
responsibilities
H Non-Executive
Directors
I How the Board operate
|
Page 46
Pages 46-47
Page 46
Pages 48-49
|
Composition, succession and evaluation
The Board, with the support of the
Nominations Committee, conducts regular reviews of its composition
(and that of its Committees) and leads the process for appointments
to ensure plans are in place for orderly succession to both the
Board and the Executive Committee.
The Board undertakes an annual
review of its effectiveness and that of its Committees to ensure
that the Board and its members continue to contribute
effectively.
|
J Appointments and succession
planning
K Composition of the
Board
L Board evaluation
|
Page 74
Page 45-46
Page 48
|
Audit, risk and internal control
The Board, supported by the Audit
and Risk Committee, is responsible for establishing appropriate
risk management and internal control procedures to ensure that the
Group is appropriately managed and that risks are appropriately
identified and mitigated in the context of the business as a
whole.
|
M Effective internal and external
audit functions
N Fair, balanced and
understandable assessment
O Internal controls and risk
management
|
Page 71
Page 84
Page 22-30
|
Remuneration
The Board, supported by the
Remuneration Committee, ensures that the remuneration policies and
practices are designed to support strategy and promote long-term
sustainable success.
|
P Alignment of remuneration with
strategy, purpose and values
Q Remuneration policy
R Independent judgment, discretion
and
performance
outcomes
|
Page 76
Page 77
Page 78
|
There are no disclosures to be
made under Listing Rule 9.8.4.
Other statutory disclosures
Directors of the Group
|
Pages 32-33
|
Dividends
|
Page 21
|
Environmental, social and governance
risks
|
Pages 57-65
|
TCFD Reporting
|
Pages 52-68
|
Future Developments
|
Page 16
|
Going concern Statement
|
Page 37
|
Post balance sheet events
|
Page 38
|
Reporting under Section 172 of the
(UK) Companies Act 2006 and engagement with stakeholders
|
Page 42
|
Risk Management and Internal
Controls
|
Pages 22-25
|
Details on how we have applied the
provisions and principles of the Code to our activities throughout
the financial year and to the date of this report are set out in
this Corporate Governance Report and in the following reports: the
Directors' Report on pages 33 to 38, the Report of the Remuneration
Committee on pages 76 to 82, the Report of the Nominations
Committee on pages 73 to 75 and/or in the Report of the Audit and
Risk Committee on pages 69 to 72.
For the year ended 30 June 2024,
the Board considers that it has complied in full with the
provisions of the Code, other than in respect of provision 36
as further outlined in the Remuneration
Report, and provision 11 following the resignation of Christine
Theodorovics on 29 February as less than half of the board,
excluding the chair, were Independent Non-executive
Directors.
Stakeholders
Stakeholders are critical to the
Company's long-term, sustainable success. They are our
shareholders, employees, regulators, distribution partners, service
providers, and the communities in which we operate. This section
explains why and how the Company interacts with these stakeholders,
as well as the steps it takes to ensure that their interests are
considered in the Board's decision making.
As the Company is listed on the
Main Market of the London Stock Exchange, it reports on its
compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code on a comply or
explain basis. Provision 5 of the UK Corporate Governance Code
recommends that the Company report on how the interests of its key
stakeholders were considered in board discussions and
decision-making, including those matters outlined in Section 172 of
the UK Companies Act 2006 (the "UK Act"). While the Company is not
domiciled in the United Kingdom, we have chosen to voluntarily
report in accordance with Section 172 of the UK Act to demonstrate
our commitment to best practice governance and thorough application
of the UK Corporate Governance Code.
The tables on the following pages
show how the Company and its Board interact with its stakeholders.
We recognise that these relationships are the foundation for the
Company's long-term viability, which benefits all parties. The
Board recognises the significance of upholding a high standard of
business conduct and stakeholder engagement, as well as having a
positive impact on the environment in which we operate.
We actively engage with our key
stakeholders to understand their perspectives and build effective
relationships, and our engagement strategy for each stakeholder
group is outlined in the tables on the following pages. Aside from
stakeholder considerations, the Board recognises its responsibility
to consider long-term impacts and the Company's impact on and from
wider society and the environment.
The Board monitors performance
against strategy and appropriate decision-making by receiving
regular updates, both in Board and Committee meetings and through
regular Board reports from the CEO, CFO, Executive Committee
members, and other senior managers, all of which enable it to make
well-informed principal decisions for the Company's and its various
stakeholders' long-term success. We define principal decisions as
those that are both material to the Group and significant to any of
our key stakeholder groups. In making principal decisions, the
Board has considered the outcome from its stakeholder engagement as
well as the need to maintain a reputation for high standards of
business conduct and the need to act fairly between the members of
the Company. The Board believes that the Group's decision-making is
balanced, and that Hansard's policies and actions meet the Group's
obligations.
Section 172: Promoting the success of the
Company
The Directors recognise that their
overarching duty, both individually and collectively, is to act in
good faith and in a manner most likely to promote the success of
the Company, as defined in Section 172 of the UK Act, for the
benefit of shareholders as a whole, taking into account, among
other things:
The likely consequences of any decision in the long
term
The Board's focus is on ensuring
that the Company generates and preserves value over the long term
for all its shareholders. The Board's aim is to make sure that
decisions are consistent with the strategic objectives of the
Company and the long-term success of the Company.
|
The interests of the Company's employees
The Board engages with employees
via a variety of mechanisms and forums to ensure that employees
interests are considered.
|
The need to foster the Company's business relationships with
suppliers, customers, and others
The Board considers customers,
suppliers, and other stakeholders, factoring in their needs,
feedback, and concerns to make informed decisions that seek to
benefit all parties. This ensures a balanced and sustainable
business relationship.
|
The impact of the Company's operations on the community and
the environment
The Board's corporate social
responsibility ("CSR") strategy focuses on minimising the Group's
environmental impact, making a positive contribution to society and
supporting our people to make a difference to the
environment.
|
The desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for
high standards of business conduct
The Company has four core values
that are the foundation of the Company's culture: Integrity,
Respect, Quality, and Innovation. These values ensure that the
Company maintains a reputation for high standards in all areas of
the business it conducts.
|
The need to act fairly between shareholders of the
Company
The Board actively engages with
shareholders and considers their interests when setting the
Company's strategy.
|
Shareholders
Shareholders
Our shareholders include
institutional investors, retail investors, and management, among
others.
|
Why we engage
The Board recognises the
importance of regularly engaging with shareholders in order to
maintain a high level of transparency and accountability, to act
fairly, and to inform the Company's decision making and future
strategy. The Board is accountable to the shareholders for creating
and delivering value through effective business
governance.
|
How we engage
The Group places considerable
importance on developing its relationships with our shareholders
and it aims to achieve this by way of the following regular
communication activities:
§ regular
dialogue with major institutional shareholders, both directly and
through the Company's advisers.
§ Annual
General Meetings.
§ market
announcements, corporate presentations, Annual Report and Accounts
and other Company information which are available on our website
at
www.hansard.com
The Chair, the CEO, the CFO, and
Committee Chairs are available to meet or correspond with major
shareholders to discuss any areas of concern not resolved through
normal channels of investor communication.
Arrangements can be made through
the CFO, the Company Secretary, or the Company's corporate
brokers.
The Board is equally interested in
communications with private shareholders and the CFO oversees
communication with these investors. All information reported to the
regulatory information services is simultaneously published on the
Company's website, affording the widest possible access to Company
announcements.
The Board receives regular
feedback on the views of shareholders on the Company from the
Executive Directors after meetings with those shareholders, as well
as from reports from the Company's corporate brokers, the Chair and
the Senior Independent Director.
There were no significant areas of
concern raised during the 2024 financial year.
|
Employees
Employees
We recognise that to meet our
Company goals, we need to retain, attract and develop our talent
pool, by providing a supportive and safe workplace where our
employees can develop and thrive.
|
Why we engage
We understand the importance of
engaging with our employees and recognise that the Company culture
and our overall remuneration and benefits package can have
significant effect on employees. Communication therefore continues
to be a key part of our Culture programme. We want our employees to
have a voice, feel appreciated for their contribution and to
understand their roles within the Company. It's important that our
employees are made aware of key business updates and that they can
provide feedback on what's important to them. We work hard to meet
our employees' needs and to maintain strong relationships that
foster a positive workplace culture.
|
How we engage
We actively and regularly
communicate with our employees via various mechanisms covering
matters such as strategic updates, business performance and culture
or any other matters which are relevant to employees. Our employees
are also offered opportunities to provide feedback in different
ways such as engagement and culture surveys and in team and
individual settings. We provide regular training and development
opportunities for our employees and make sure they receive regular
feedback and recognition, supported via the performance management
framework. We strive to provide a supportive and safe and
comfortable working environment, as well as competitive wages and
benefits. We encourage all our employees to provide feedback to the
Board and provide open channels of communication for them to do so.
David Peach is the designated Independent Non-executive Director
for employee engagement.
|
Regulators
Regulators
These are the governmental or
regulatory bodies in charge of overseeing the Company's operations
and ensuring compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Each
of our regulators is in charge of overseeing various aspects of the
Company's operations, including financial reporting and consumer
protection.
|
Why we engage
We work with our regulators to
ensure that we are compliant with all policies, laws, and
regulations. Regular communication with our regulators assists us
in identifying potential risks and obtaining guidance on how to
mitigate them.
|
How we engage
The Company meets with its
regulators proactively to address any concerns, and it establishes
regular meetings to ensure that the Company is up to date on any
proposed changes. We make every effort to respond to any queries or
requests for information from our regulators in a timely
manner.
|
Distribution Partners
Distribution partners
Those who assist the Company in
distributing our products to our policyholders. Distribution
partners are subject to a rigorous selection process prior to
onboarding, and regular monitoring throughout the course of the
business relationship.
|
Why we engage
We understand the importance of
maintaining positive relationships with our distribution partners
in order to ensure that our products reach customers on time and
accurately represent our brand.
|
How we engage
All our distribution partners are
supported by our regional sales managers, who provide regular
training updates on our product range and any relevant regulation
changes, as well as discussing new business development
opportunities. This is further supported by regular daily contact
around sales opportunities or operational queries to ensure that
they receive the best service and to ensure they are knowledgeable
about all the Company's products and processes.
|
Service
Providers
Service Providers
Those upon whose services the
Company relies on to provide its products and services, both
domestically and internationally.
|
Why we engage
To ensure that the services on
which the Company places reliance are delivered to the Company's
required standards and timelines.
|
How we engage
We receive regular attestations
from service providers and meet frequently to review the
performance of services.
|
Communities
Communities
The locations in which the Group
maintains its operations, and in which our employees
live.
|
Why we engage
We appreciate that we have a
responsibility to support our local
communities.
|
How we engage
As noted in Corporate Social
Responsibility, we encourage our employees to support local causes.
We provide funding for a wide range of initiatives via the Green
Team, and we provide our employees with dedicated time allowing
them to participate in community engagement activities. We partner
with local organisations directly where
appropriate.
|
Compliance with the Market Abuse Regulation
To ensure compliance with the
Market Abuse Regulation ("MAR"), the Company maintains internal
policies, procedures, and controls in respect of market abuse,
market manipulation and insider dealing. A Share Dealing Code
is in place which all employees must adhere to. The Company has
complied with this Share Dealing Code and MAR throughout the
period.
Role of the Board of Directors and its principal
Committees
The primary role of the Board is
to provide leadership of the Company. The
Company is directed and controlled both by its Board of Directors
and through systems of delegation and escalation, to achieve its
business objectives in accordance with high standards of
transparency, probity, and accountability.
It achieves these goals by making
decisions relating to key areas for the business, by overseeing the
activities of the executive team, and by delegating certain matters
for resolution through the principal Board Committees, namely the
Audit and Risk Committee, the Executive Committee, the Remuneration
Committee and the Nominations Committee.
The specific duties of the Board
are clearly set out in a Schedule of Reserved Powers that addresses
a wide range of corporate governance issues and lists those items
that are specifically reserved for decision by the
Board.
The primary responsibilities of
the Board include, but are not limited to:
· formulation of medium- and long-term direction and strategy
for the Group.
· establishment of capital structure and dividend
policy.
· ensuring the Group's operations are well managed and proper
succession plans are in place.
· review of major transactions or initiatives proposed by
management.
· implementation of policy and procedures to support the
governance framework of the Group.
· regular review of the results and operations of the
Group.
· ensuring that proper accounting records are maintained, and
adequate controls are in place to safeguard the assets of the Group
from fraud and other significant risks.
· regular evaluation of Board performance.
· oversight of the Group's ERM Framework; and
· decisions regarding the Group's policy on political
donations.
The duties of the principal Board
Committees are detailed in the relevant
terms of reference, which are reviewed annually and are available on the Company's website,
www.hansard.com.
Board composition and key roles
At the date of this report the
Board comprises the Non-executive Chair, two Independent
Non-executive Directors, one Non-executive Director and the Group
Chief Executive Officer (who is also the Group Chief Financial
Officer).
As required by the Articles of
Association, all Board members will offer themselves for election
or re-election at the forthcoming AGM.
The Board supports greater
transparency regarding the election and re-election of Independent
Non-executive Directors. In compliance with the Listing Rules, the
Company operates a dual voting structure for any resolutions on the
election and re-election of the Independent Non-executive
Directors. The results from the AGM votes on any such resolutions,
together with other information normally circulated following the
conclusion of the meeting, will be disclosed through the Regulatory
Information Services following the conclusion of the Meeting. In
the event that the majority of independent shareholders are shown
to have voted against these resolutions, a further vote will be
called after 90 days.
Chair
Philip Kay was appointed the
Company's Non-executive Chair with effect from 1 May 2022., As
required by the Code, Philip was considered independent upon
appointment. The Chair leads the Board within a solid governance
framework and ensures that the Board provides effective leadership
for the Group including strategy and direction.
Group Chief Executive Officer
Graham Sheward was appointed the
Group Chief Executive Officer with effect from 10 May 2021 until 1
August 2024, and was succeeded by Thomas Morfett. As Chief
Executive Officer, Thomas leads the senior executive team in the
day-to-day running of the Group's business, including execution of
the Group's business plans and objectives and communicating its
decisions and recommendations to the Board.
The division of responsibilities
between the Chair and the Chief Executive Officer is clearly
defined and has been approved by the Board. The Chair has no
day-to-day involvement in the management of the Group. The
Chief Executive Officer has direct charge of the Group on a
day-to-day basis and is accountable to the Board for the financial
and operational performance of the Group.
Group Chief Financial Officer
Thomas Morfett was appointed the
Chief Financial Officer with effect from 17 April 2023. As Chief
Financial Officer, he is responsible for the Group's Finance,
Actuarial and Investments functions, and is as a key member of the
Chief Executive Officer's Executive Committee.
Senior Independent Director
Jose Ribeiro is the Company's
Senior Independent Director. The Senior Independent Director
provides a sounding board for the Chair and serves as an
intermediary for the other Directors. He is also available to
shareholders should they have any concerns that they are unable to
resolve through other channels, or when such channels would be
inappropriate.
The responsibilities of the Chair,
Group Chief Executive Officer and Senior Independent
Director are available on the Company's
website, www.hansard.com.
Non-executive Directors
Jose Ribeiro, David Peach and Noel
Harwerth are considered by the Board to be Independent
Non-executive Directors in accordance with the Code
definition. Philip Kay, as Non-executive Chair, was
considered independent on appointment. Marc Polonsky, a
Non-executive Director, is not considered to be independent for the
purposes of the Code due to close family ties with Dr Leonard
Polonsky and representing the Polonsky family
shareholding.
The Non-executive Directors fulfil
a critical role to constructively challenge all recommendations
presented to the Board for approval and to provide the benefit of
their experience and expertise to manage risk within the Group and
enhance delivery of the overall strategy.
Board independence
The Board's policy is to appoint
and retain Independent Non-executive Directors who can apply their
wider knowledge and experiences to their understanding of the
Group. The process for appointing new Directors is conducted by the
Nominations Committee.
It is the Board's view that an
Independent Non-executive Director also needs to be able to present
an objective, rigorous and constructive challenge to management. To
be effective, an Independent Non-executive Director needs to
acquire a sound understanding of the industry and the Company to be
able to evaluate properly the information provided.
Each Independent Non-executive
Director serves for a fixed term not exceeding three years that may
be renewed by mutual agreement and subject to shareholder approval
at the AGM. Subject to the Board being satisfied with a Director's
performance, independence and commitment, an Independent
Non-executive Director may have their terms renewed for up to nine
years. Beyond that period, a Director would typically be considered
to no longer be fully independent.
A review of the arrangements
affecting all Non-executive Directors who served during the year
covering the current term of appointment and review of their
independence (where relevant) was undertaken by the Nominations
Committee.
The Committee was satisfied that,
based on their performance during their time on the Board, Jose
Ribeiro, David Peach, and Christine Theodorovics (until 29 February
2024) were, and in respect of Jose Ribeiro and David Peach, remain
independent.
Philip Kay, as Chair, was
considered independent upon appointment.
Board meeting attendance
The Board meets regularly to
determine the Company's strategic direction, to review the
Company's operating and financial performance and to provide
oversight that the Company is adequately resourced and effectively
controlled.
The Company requires Directors to
devote sufficient time to the Company in order to perform their
duties. If Directors are not able to attend a meeting, they have
the opportunity to submit their comments in advance to the Chair or
the Company Secretary. If necessary, they can follow up with the
Chair of the meeting.
The attendance of the Directors at
scheduled Board and Committee meetings of which they were a member
held during the year (and the maximum number of meetings that each
Director could have attended) were as follows:
|
Board
|
Audit and
Risk
|
Nominations
|
Remuneration
|
Number of meetings
|
10
|
4
|
4
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philip Kay
|
9/10
|
n/a
|
4/4
|
5/5
|
Jose Ribeiro
|
9/10
|
4/4
|
4/4
|
5/5
|
Marc Polonsky
|
9/10
|
n/a
|
n/a
|
n/a
|
David Peach
|
10/10
|
4/4
|
4/4
|
5/5
|
Graham Sheward
|
9/10
|
n/a
|
n/a
|
n/a
|
Christine Theodorovics*
|
4/7
|
0/2
|
2/3
|
2/3
|
Thomas Morfett
|
10/10
|
n/a
|
n/a
|
n/a
|
*Resigned with effect from 29
February 2024
The Chair of the relevant Board or
Committee invited other Non-executive Directors to attend meetings
of which they were not a member whenever considered appropriate.
The CEO/CFO have standing invitations to Audit and Risk Committee
meetings and Marc Polonsky attended or partially attended 4 Audit
and Risk Committee Meetings, 4 Nominations Committee Meetings and 4
Remuneration Committee meetings.
Board committees
The Board has established standing
committees to oversee important issues of policy and maintain such
oversight outside the main Board meetings. Each committee operates
within defined terms of reference, which can be accessed on the
Company's website. The committee positions held by the Directors as
at the date of this report are summarised below:
· Audit and Risk Committee - Chair: David Peach. Members: Jose
Ribeiro, Noel Harwerth.
· Executive Committee - Chair: Thomas Morfett.
· Nominations Committee - Chair: Philip Kay. Members: David
Peach, Jose Ribeiro, Noel Harwerth.
· Remuneration Committee - Chair: Jose Ribeiro. Members: David
Peach, Philip Kay, Noel Harwerth.
The Chairs of the relevant Board
Committees are available to engage with shareholders on any
significant matters related to their areas of
responsibility.
Reports from the Audit and Risk,
Nominations and Remuneration Committees are set out in this Annual
Report and Accounts, together with a summary of their activities
during the year.
The Executive Committee is chaired
by the Group Chief Executive Officer and currently meets
fortnightly. The Executive Committee has responsibility for the
day-to-day management of the Group, and other items as delegated
from time-to-time by the Board. In addition to Thomas Morfett, the
Executive Committee is currently comprised of Ollie Byrne
(Commercial Director), Karen Corran (Head of People and Culture),
Angela McCraith (Chief Risk Officer), Alan Canny (replacing Ailish
Sherlin from 14 June 2024) (Chief Actuary), Hazel Stewart (Company
Secretary), Keith Brown (Head of Sales) and John Whitehouse (Chief
Operating Officer).
Board processes
The agenda for each Board and
Committee meeting is considered by the Chair or Committee Chair and
the papers for each meeting are distributed by the Company
Secretary to the Board or Committee members beforehand. As a
standard agenda item during the scheduled Board meetings, the Chair
and Non-executive Directors meet without the executive Directors
present. The Chair maintains regular contact with the Chief
Executive Officer and with the Non-executive Directors, outside of
Board meetings or calls, in order to discuss specific
issues.
Board performance review and effectiveness
The effectiveness of the Board is
vital to the success of the Group. The Company undertakes a
performance review each
year to assess the performance of the Board, its Committees, the
Directors, and the Chair. The Board engaged Boston Limited to
conduct a board performance review
in the year. The performance review took the form of
a questionnaire, where Directors were required to rate certain
aspects of the Board's and Committees' performance. The
questionnaire also gave Directors the opportunity to provide
comments on areas of focus, which included the structure of the
Board, effectiveness of the Board, and committee-specific
questions.
The responses to the
performance review of
the Board and the Committees were collated and analysed by the
Chair and the Senior Independent Director. The results indicated
that the Board continues to work well and there were no significant
concerns among the Directors about the Board's effectiveness.
Additional focus will be given to succession planning and
initiatives such as diversity and ESG.
As part of the Chair's
performance review the
Independent Non-executive Directors meet separately under the
leadership of the Senior Independent Director who, in turn, engages
in reviews with the Chair.
Following these reviews, the
Directors have concluded that the Board and its Committees operate
effectively. Additionally, the Chair and the Senior Independent
Director have concluded that each Director contributes effectively
and demonstrates full commitment to his duties.
Remuneration of Directors
The principles and details of
Directors' remuneration, as well as the composition and activities
of the Remuneration Committee, are contained in the Report of the
Remuneration Committee on pages 76 to 82.
Insurance
The Company maintains insurance
cover with respect to the liabilities of Directors and Officers
within the Group. In addition, qualifying third party indemnity
arrangements are in force for the benefit of the Directors within
the Group and were in force for the benefit of former Directors of
the Group during the year under review.
Board support
Directors are fully briefed in
advance of Board and Committee meetings on all matters to be
discussed. The Company Secretary is responsible for following Board
procedures and advising the Board, through the Chair, on governance
matters. All Directors have access to her advice and
services.
The Board has adopted a procedure
whereby Directors may, in the performance of their duties, seek
independent professional advice at the Company's expense if
considered appropriate.
Directors of the life companies
are required to complete several mandatory training sessions during
each year, for example on Anti-Money Laundering responsibilities
(provided by the Money Laundering Reporting Officer or an external
supplier). Training and support is also provided on any other key
topics that the Board feel appropriate in addition to their
individual Continuing Professional Development
requirements.
Risk management and internal controls
The Board has overall
responsibility for the Group's systems of risk management and
internal control, and for reviewing their effectiveness. The Board
recognises that the governance risk management and internal control
arrangements which constitute the ERM Framework are
intended to reduce, although cannot eliminate,
the range of possibilities which might cause detriment to the
Group. Similarly, the ERM Framework cannot provide protection with
certainty against any failure of the Group to meet its business
objectives, or guard against material errors, losses, fraud, or
breaches of laws and regulations. Taking all of these factors into
account the ERM Framework is intended to provide reasonable, but
not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or losses and
/ or the breach of any laws or regulations.
The primary responsibility for
developing and implementing internal control and risk management
procedures covering all aspects of the business lies with the
Executive Committee. As part of the reporting processes from the
ERM Framework, the Board regularly receives written reports
covering all such aspects in addition to overseeing controls and
risk management procedures via the Audit and Risk
Committee.
Individual managers have primary
responsibility for ensuring compliance with Group policies,
principles, and compliance obligations within their respective span
of control. This includes the identification, evaluation,
monitoring, management, and reporting of risks within their areas
of responsibility. The substance and form of risk management
activities and the quality of their application are regularly
reviewed by the Group Risk Forum and objectively analysed and
evaluated by the Group's Internal Audit function, with oversight by
and reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee, which is ultimately
responsible for reporting on the same to the Board.
Processes for identifying,
evaluating, and managing the risks faced by the Group have been in
place throughout the year under review and up to the date of this
report. They are regularly reviewed by the Board, with the
assistance of the Audit and Risk Committee.
The Board, through the Audit and
Risk Committee, has reviewed the effectiveness of the Company's
risk management and internal control systems including financial,
operational and compliance controls.
The Board has further undertaken a
robust assessment of the principal risks facing the Group,
including those that would threaten its business model, future
performance, solvency, or liquidity, in accordance with provision
28 of the UK Corporate Governance Code. Additional information on
the principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group, together
with steps taken to manage them, can be found within the Principal
Risk Report on pages 25 to 30.
Whistleblowing arrangements
The Group has an established
Whistleblowing Policy, which is accessible to all employees, with
new starters introduced to the Policy and its objectives during
induction training. The Policy is designed to ensure the principles
of, responsibilities for, and the approach to effective management
of whistleblowing are clearly explained and that staff feel
empowered and supported to raise concerns, in confidence, where
they have a reasonable belief of actual or potential wrongdoing.
The Policy recognises that for some individuals raising a concern
under the Group's Whistleblowing arrangements may be a daunting or
difficult experience and so provides for such concerns to be raised
anonymously and/or outside the Management reporting line if
preferable, providing for direct access to the Chief Risk Officer
or the Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee.
Financial reporting process
The Group maintains a process to
assist the Board in understanding the risks to the Group failing to
meet its objectives. This incorporates a system of planning and
sensitivity analysis incorporating Board approval of forecast
financial and other information. Operational management reports
monthly to the Executive Committee and Group Risk Forum on a wide
range of key performance indicators and other significant matters.
The Board receives regular representations from the senior
executives. Performance against targets is reported to the Board
quarterly through a review of the Group's and Company's results
based on accounting policies that are applied consistently
throughout the Group. Draft management financial statements are
prepared quarterly by the CFO.
The members of the Audit and Risk
Committee review the draft financial statements for the half year
ending 31 December and for the full financial year and engage with
the CFO to discuss and challenge the presentation and disclosures
therein. Once the draft document is approved by the Audit and Risk
Committee, it is reviewed by the Board before final approval by the
Board.
Financial reporting
The statement on the
responsibilities of the Directors in relation to the preparation of
the accounts and the Directors' evaluation of the business as a
going concern is contained in the Directors' Report on pages 34 to
38.
The Directors as at the date of
this report consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as
a whole, are fair, balanced, and understandable and provide the
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company's
position and performance, business model and strategy.
Culture
The Board believes that strong
corporate governance underpinned by a sound culture is fundamental
to the success of the Group. It has sought to create an empowering
culture, which values innovation, quality, integrity, and respect.
The Board helps to ensure appropriate behaviours and culture are
instilled throughout the Group, with the tone and expectations
continuing to be set from the top. In its decision making, the
Board aims to reinforce the Group's values and reflect the culture
it wishes to foster.
Our Culture Programme continues
with an agenda which aligns and supports the delivery of our
corporate objectives with areas that are important to our people.
We regularly measure employee engagement via an anonymous
inhouse survey. The results of which are then discussed in
open workshops to understand the key areas which are impacting
employee experience which then help share our people
initiatives.
As previously reported, our
Culture Programme has three core pillars of focus, those
being
· High
Performance Culture
· Learning Culture
· Environment and Wellbeing
We have continued with our
commitment to supporting development opportunities for our people,
via learning events, professional qualifications, internal
promotion, and secondment opportunities. Learning events focussed
on high performing teams, resilience and the importance of trust
have featured in our learning culture initiatives this year in
addition to workshops to further support our population of people
managers.
Our Wellbeing team continue to
play a vital role in terms of providing support and initiatives to
our people around three key areas, Mental, Physical and Financial
Wellbeing. Our Employee Assistance Programme provides additional
support to our people and their families and friends through
various life events. Through a range of Group schemes, which
underpin the Mental, Physical and Financial pillars, we stand by
our commitment to support the health and wellbeing of our
people.
We have a very active Sports and
Social team who arrange a wide mix of activities and social events,
bringing our people together outside of the workplace.
People and gender reporting
We recognise our people are key to
our success in delivering the strategic objectives of the
business. Our core values of Innovation, Quality, Integrity,
and Respect were defined by our people and underpin our working
environment and practices. We believe all our people can make
a difference and we continually work to ensure that they are
appropriately developed, engaged, rewarded and retained. The
Culture Programme is designed to further enhance the employee
experience.
The Group's principal
administrative operations are performed in the Isle of Man on
behalf of the wider Group. Management of Hansard Europe with
certain support functions located in the Republic of Ireland.
Employees of our Malaysian and Japanese branches are included in
"Other" below. Regional Sales Managers and related market
development resources are principally based in local markets to
support IFAs and other intermediaries that introduce business to
the Group.
As at 30 June the number of the
Group's employees (excluding Non-executive Directors) by location
was as follows:
|
|
|
Location
|
2024
|
2023
|
Isle of Man
|
146
|
145
|
Republic of Ireland
|
16
|
20
|
Other
|
15
|
20
|
|
177
|
185
|
The gender profile of the Group at
30 June 2024 is split with a total of 86 male and 91 female
employees (2023: 94 male and 91 female). Within the Executive
Committee, there were 5 male executives and 3 female executives.
Employees reporting directly to members of the Executive Committee
comprised 14 male employees and 16 female employees. As at 30 June
2024 the Board comprised 6 male Directors and no female Directors,
and the board of the Company's principal
operating subsidiary, Hansard International Limited,
comprised 6 male Directors and one female
Director.
Dr Christine Theodorovics, who was
appointed as an Independent Non-executive Director with effect from
23 January 2023, resigned from the Board with effect from 29
February 2024. She had been appointed as CEO of Baloise Luxembourg
in the previous year and decided to step down from the Board to
focus on this commitment. Noel Harwerth OBE has been
appointed as a replacement. The gender profile across the Group is
evenly balanced, with a number of senior executive positions being
held by female employees, including Chief Risk Officer, General
Counsel and Company Secretary, and Head of People and Culture.
Although the current composition of the Board is not in compliance
with the Listing Rules requirements on diversity and inclusion, the
intention is to appoint a further female Independent Non-executive
Director later in the financial year. Following the changes
in our leadership team, the primary focus will be on ensuring
stability and continuity in our operations; thereafter, the Company
will be able to take further steps in relation to compliance with
these Listing Rules requirements.
Corporate Social Responsibility
Hansard has a long-standing
commitment to operating in accordance with principles and policies
which seek to deliver positives impacts, wherever possible, through
its Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) programs and initiatives.
These encompass environmental. social and governance (ESG)
perspectives and continue to evolve as the Board anticipates future
developments driven by a broader perspective of
sustainability.
For the year ended 30 June 2024
our focus has remained on the creation of value for our
stakeholders over the long term whilst making a positive impact on
the world. To support our continuing efforts and future focus
a Group Sustainability Officer was
appointed during April 2024 to review our approaches and internal
practices in respect of all components of ESG and to
progress a review of our pre-existing CSR
Strategy, building on the progress we have made to date, to deliver
a holistic view of our forward-looking ambitions. This will help to
drive continued refinement of our sustainability goals and the
associated governance, risk management and internal control
arrangements.
In line with these developments
our 'Green Team' has continued to promote and actively contribute
to ESG-related initiatives throughout the reporting period, with
colleagues from across the Group dedicating more than 500 hours of
their time to internal and external events, either giving up their
own time or utilising Company approved time for volunteering and
supporting activities including:
· Sponsorship of the 2023 'LoveTech' summer event, which aims
to encourage girls to enter into STEM careers.
· Introduction of plastics, cans, and glass recycling bins
within our offices to expand our existing recycling
activities.
· Partnering with the Manx Wildlife Trust (MWT), to actively
support a number of initiatives, including:
· Primary donation to Hospice Isle of Man to help fund a solar
array to aid with their sustainability transition and reduction in
operating costs.
· Participation in a volunteering day at The Children's Centre,
helping with the construction of a Roundhouse and pathway to the
Roundhouse.
· Sponsorship of the annual Shennaghys Jiu Festival, which
provides a unique and inclusive platform for the Island's gifted
young musicians and dancers and the opportunity for developing
local talent to flourish. The Festival also helps to build unique
and collaborative relations with talented young people of our
Celtic Nation neighbours, extending the Island's cultural reach and
reputation beyond our own shores.
· Volunteering by employees around the business with Junior
Achievement Isle of Man, visiting local primary and secondary
schools and helping with the delivery of their
programmes.
· Donating to Junior Achievement Isle of Man to support the
'It's All About Money' Programme.
· Gifting desk plants to employees, promoting the benefits of
plants and bringing nature into the office.
· Sponsorship of tables at a number of local events supporting
various charities, including Manx Mencap and Cruse Bereavement
Support, Isle of Man.
Concurrently the 'Wellbeing Team'
has continued its valuable work, with a dedicated Executive
Committee member and a clear mandate that recognises the vital
role a positive culture and physical
environment, which encourages healthy lifestyle choices, plays in
the long-term sustainability of Hansard. The Wellbeing Team strives
to promote and support the physical, financial, and mental
wellbeing of all staff members across the Group through the
Workplace Wellbeing Plan (WWP) and associated
initiatives.
Initiatives run by the Wellbeing
team, to support employees throughout the year and their endeavours
to create a supportive and successful working environment, have
included: -
· Facilitation of a Resilience Code Workshop and 28-day Habit
Formation challenge for Isle of Man based employees.
· Supporting Mental Health Awareness week through:
· Ice
bath session held with InnerAlchemy to promote the benefits of the
Wim Hof Method and cold-water swimming.
· Collaboration with the Green Team in respect of the Summer
Food Bank donation.
· Attendance at the 'Sound Sanctuary' session held at the
Santander Work Café.
Climate-Related Financial Disclosures
During the year ended 30 June 2024
we have continued to invest in initiatives supporting the
development and expansion of our climate-related financial
disclosures. This section explains the Group's ongoing activities
to embed climate-related risks and opportunities into our risk
management, strategic planning, and decision-making
processes.
Our reporting seeks to provide
both investors and wider stakeholder groups with a clear
understanding of our progress during the reporting period in
identifying, understanding, and disclosing our exposures to climate
related risks and strengthening strategic resilience to these
exposures, whilst also seeking out opportunities in the mid to
longer term.
Whilst we have continued to focus
our efforts on climate-related disclosures, we are increasingly
conscious of the benefits and value inherent within holistic
sustainability perspectives and reporting practices, and the
importance of an integrated strategy to achieve our overall goals
and ambitions. Aligning our strategic and tactical thinking with
the objectives and intent of the Task Force on Climate-Related
Financial Disclosure ("TCFD") recommendations is helping to drive
an inclusive approach to addressing our social responsibilities as
well as our environmental impact and our governance
practices.
The Group recognises that its work
to adopt and embed TCFD recommendations, as well as broader
disclosure requirements, remains an iterative process of learning
and refinement as we adapt and optimise our plans and tackle the
challenges inherent within our journey towards establishing,
expanding, and embedding our ESG targets.
Introduction and TCFD Report Overview
Our TCFD Journey
In addition to its obligations
associated with TCFD a range of other important factors continue to
contribute to the Group's TCFD journey and drive positive progress
towards our TCFD-related goals and objectives. The Hansard Group is
proud to call the Isle of Man home, and we remain proactively
committed to supporting the Isle of Man Government's initiatives
associated with the sustainability of the Island's future. This
includes support for 'Finance Isle of Man' as they progress their
work to develop a three-year Roadmap to create a more sustainable
economy on the Island, scheduled for launch during November 2024.
The Island continues to be designated as a UNESCO Biosphere in
recognition of its special environment, culture, heritage, and
economy and is the only Biosphere that encompasses an entire
nation, which includes all the Island's land and territorial sea,
and Hansard remains a UNESCO Biosphere Isle of Man Business
Partner, with the pledges made used as drivers in our decision
making. As a responsible island nation, the Isle of Man is
particularly aware of the local and global impact of climate change
and of the social and environmental imperative for action, with the
Island committed to reaching carbon neutrality by 2050.
It is against this backdrop that
the Group has progressed its work during the 2024 financial year to
enhance and embed its approach to the management of climate-related
and broader ESG risks under the four pillars of the TCFD
recommendations. The Group remains committed to iterative
improvements in its disclosures and subsequent reporting
arrangements, across short-, mid- and longer-term time horizons for
the benefit of the Group's investors and wider stakeholder cohorts.
Achieving maturity of both qualitative and quantitative metrics and
broadening their scope from carbon-related to climate-sensitive
exposures, risks, and opportunities, remains a priority in the near
term.
Our Approach
Climate-related risks and
opportunities are an intrinsic element of the Group's broader
strategic perspectives. ESG-related risks are defined, at the
highest level, as those risks arising from a failure to anticipate
and respond to actual or emerging environmental, social and
governance threats, challenges or opportunities, or to successfully
integrate ESG into the Group's strategic and business planning
activities.
Risk mitigations
include:
· Actively building ESG considerations into strategy
development and business planning processes through structured
analysis, formal assessment mechanisms and cross-functional
collaboration.
· Factoring emerging ESG risk issues into key decision-making
and understanding the impacts for the tools and methodologies
currently used to manage risk, including governance structures,
risk ownerships, risk and control self-assessment principles,
regulatory developments, third party service provisions and
effective reporting.
· Developing and updating relevant components in relation to
the ESG risk domain - including policies, procedures, risk
indicators, management data and stress testing; and
· Initiatives addressing cultural alignment and structural
resilience, which encompass core sustainability
considerations.
Relevant details of the Group's
work during the reporting period are organised under the four
pillars of the TCFD disclosure framework, below. Areas prioritised
for attention in terms of enhancing the quality and substantive
nature of the Group's disclosures, targeted at achieving full
compliance with the framework, include disclosures relevant to the
environmental impact of our assets under administration, iterative
enhancement of the understanding of climate-related risks within
our regularly assessed range of risks to the business and the
resilience of our Group strategy to various scenarios. A summary of
our disclosure report is presented at figure 1 below.
Pillar 1 - Governance
The Board retains overall
responsibility for the effective functioning of the Group's
governance, risk management and internal control arrangements
associated with sustainability-related risks and opportunities.
This includes responsibility for determining, evaluating and
controlling the nature and extent of these risks and opportunities,
taking account of the varying levels of strategic, financial and
operational stresses, potential risk scenarios and emerging as well
as existing climate risk exposures over short, mid and long-term
time horizons. These activities are governed by the protocols of
the established ERM Framework, defined and described in more detail
under 'Pillar 3 - Risk Management', below, which include both
top-down and bottom-up risk assessment bases.
During the year ended 30 June 2024
the conventions of the ERM Framework have enabled the Board to
continue to develop its oversight of ESG-related risks and
opportunities, via quarterly and annual risk reporting to the Group
Audit and Risk Committee, which has included analysis and challenge
of results from the formal cycle of relevant stress and scenario
testing. The Board has also sought opportunities for development of
the pre-existing CSR Strategy, and enhanced, effective integration
of climate-related risks and opportunities into the Group's
structure and decision-making processes, with clear accountability
and ownership for risk management allocated to members of the
Executive Committee. The Green Team has continued to support this
work, driving corporate focus on the collation and analysis of
climate and emissions data and initiatives together with broader
sustainability priorities, promoting measurable and achievable
targets and metrics.
ESG reporting is included as a
standing agenda item at each quarterly Board meeting with the
specific aim of ensuring that progress towards objectives and
targets can be closely monitored. Board oversight also ensures that
climate-related risks, opportunities, and associated issues become
an integral and embedded element of decision-making in respect of
overall Group strategy, policies, and actions. The Group's
sustainability goals are considered within the context of wider
industry experience and stakeholder perspectives, having regard to
the aggregate levels and types of risk the Board is prepared to
accept within risk capacity, in pursuit of strategic and business
plan objectives. The governance structures which support the
Board's oversight of ESG-related risks include the Executive
Committee, the Group and subsidiary entity Audit and Risk
Committees, the Group Risk Forum and the Investment Committees of
both Hansard International Ltd (HIL) and Hansard Europe, Designated
Activity Company (HE dac). The Investment Committees and the Group
Risk Forum also consider ESG-related reporting as a standing agenda
item, ensuring that priorities and considerations remain aligned
with those of the Group Board and there is a structured approach to
the identification of climate-related risks. Protocols remain in
place to enable ESG-related decisions made by the Investment
Committees to be communicated via the respective Boards to the
Hansard Global Plc Board. A summary view of the Group's governance
structures supporting the Board's oversight of risks and
opportunities is presented at figure 2 below.
Figure 2: Group governance structures
During the year ended 30 June 2024
the Board has continued to delegate activities to the Executive
Committee, with two members of the Committee, supported by the
Sustainability Officer, having specific accountability for
oversight of deliveries and progress reporting. The 'Green Team'
and the 'Wellbeing Team' have actively progressed a range of
important initiatives across the ESG spectrum, including in
relation to climate-related ambitions and data-collation
improvements.
Pillar 2 - Strategy
The Group's strategic goals in
terms of climate-related risks and opportunities are focused on the
creation of long-term value for our stakeholders whilst making a
positive impact on the world. The Group aims to deliver its
strategic objectives in this regard and build a sustainable future
through focus on three key elements.
The Group's approach to the
management and mitigation of climate-related and broader ESG risks
and opportunities is built within the context of its overarching
corporate strategy and business plans. The Group's products are
unit-linked regular or single premium life assurance and investment
contracts, which offer access to a wide range of investment assets.
The contracts are flexible, secure, and held within wrappers,
allowing life assurance cover, or other features, depending upon
the needs of the client. The contract benefits are directly linked
to the value of those assets that are selected by, or on behalf of,
the client and held within the wrapper. The Group's products do not
currently include any contracts with financial options and/or
guarantees regarding investment performance, which can require
additional capital to be held. Levels of service and the delivery
of fair client outcomes, the nature of the Group's products, the
use of technology, and the ability of the contract holder to
reposition assets within a contract are all designed to achieve
retention of the contract holder relationship over the
long-term.
The main source of income for the
Group continues to be the fees earned from the administration of
insurance contracts. These fees are largely fixed in nature and
amount. Approximately 30% of the Group's revenues, under IFRS, are
based upon the value of assets under administration. The new
business generated in a particular year is expected to earn income
for an average period of 15 years. Business is therefore long-term
in nature both from a contract holder perspective and with regards
to the income that is generated, which supports business overheads,
business investment, remuneration of the distribution network and
payment of dividends, whilst contractual obligations can range from
5 years to over 25 years.
All of these business model
aspects are contributing factors to the Board's determination of
relevant short-, medium-, and long-term time horizons, respectively
classified as 0-5 years, 6-10 years and >10 years. These time
frames support analysis and assessment of climate-related risks and
opportunities, together with broader sustainability considerations,
which have the capacity to impact the Group's strategy, business
plans and financial performance. The Board's perspectives on these
aspects of the risk portfolio are value-driven in terms of
improving resilience and demonstrating to clients, investors,
regulators, and wider stakeholder groups that ESG-related risks and
opportunities, including those having a climate-related nexus, are
properly understood. This is achieved through forward-looking
analysis and evaluation, with concurrent consideration of tactical
business planning, operations, and underwriting and investment
activities, in order to contribute to a sustainable transition to a
low-carbon economy.
The Group's risk management
arrangements, described in more detail at 'Pillar 3 - Risk
Management' below, operate on a cyclical basis to enable the Group
Board and the Executive Committee to properly assess and
understand, at a practical level, the major sources of risk facing
the Group, on short-, mid-, and long-term time horizons, and the
capital required to cover those risks, under both normal and
stressed conditions. Internal and external risks are considered,
together with emerging risks and any risks associated with the
Group's systems of governance, having regard to capital,
performance, and strategic information, which ultimately provides
the Board and Executive Committee with substantiated bases relevant
to decision making. Forward-looking business plan and solvency
projections use a range of stress and scenario testing and analyses
to evaluate the adequacy of the Group's overall financial
resources, including capital and liquidity resources. The stress
and scenario tests are derived from analytical review of the
Group's risk universe, enabling distinguishable patterns of impact
to be considered and allowing plausible risk scenarios to be
approximated into impact types, with attention given to both single
test and multi-factor scenarios.
During the year ended 30 June
2024 ERM protocols and work to support
climate-related financial disclosures have considered the
plausibility of environmental and climate-risk stresses emerging
over the duration of the forecast period. Associated analyses have
focussed on the impact of the Group's business on the environment
as well as the capacity for future environmental disruption to the
Group's strategic and business plan objectives and targets, taking
account of both physical and transition
risks.
Physical risk analysis has
included the likelihood and impact of extreme weather events
occurring over the duration of the business plan period and their
capacity to provoke any combination of the following events:
-
·
Operational resilience failure due to
technological disruption, utility failure, power outage, loss of
use of premises and/or significant reduction in the number of
available personnel, which may impact the Group directly, or via an
outsourced service provider.
·
Damage to critical national infrastructure in one
or more jurisdictions of material importance to the Group's
strategic plans, impacting existing customers, intermediaries
and/or new distribution initiatives and targets.
·
Macroeconomic disruptions causing adverse market
movements with the potential to impact asset values and revenues to
material levels.
Analysis of transition risks has
considered the disruptions and shifts associated with advancement
towards a low-carbon economy and the potential for these to impact
the value of assets, erode important revenue streams and/or
increase the costs of doing business. Transition risks may emerge
through changes in policyholder, or other stakeholder expectations,
market dynamics, technological innovation, and/or reputational
factors. Key examples of transition risks include policy changes
and regulatory reforms, which affect specific classes of financial
assets relevant for available investments, whilst social movements
and civil society activism may pose a risk of reputational damage,
if appropriate risk mitigation strategies and communication actions
are not implemented appropriately. Associated risks may emerge more
readily in the event that the Group fails to adequately prepare
for, or substantively comply with, mandated climate-risk disclosure
obligations and/or its disclosures are found to be deficient.
Stress and scenario test modelling during the year ended 30 June
2024 has explored the balance sheet
impacts of physical and transition risks crystallising as a
combination of expense, market and production stresses.
A summary of the underlying
analysis is presented below.
Whilst climate-related issues have
not presented a material impact to the Group's financial
performance or position to the date of reporting, scenario testing
during the year ended 30 June 2024 was calibrated to consider
extreme but plausible stresses, reasonably foreseeable within the
forecast period, arising via the physical and transition events
described above. Scenario testing combined market stresses with
lower production and a recurring increase in expenses. The results
of testing confirmed that, in the absence of mitigating measures, a
multi-factor scenario could have the potential to disrupt key
financial metrics, compared to base plan targets, due to reduced
sales volumes and compromise of planned expense savings, with a
deteriorating trajectory. Overall modelling provided a compelling
view of the value attaching to the Group's climate and broader
sustainability risk management and mitigation measures. On this
basis, whilst the transition to a low-carbon economy is not
expected to generate critical impacts for our business model or
financial performance the Group's work in anticipation of and
preparation for broader sustainability reporting, including
non-climate related sustainability disclosures, will strengthen
analysis of reasonably foreseeable risks and impacts on a broader
ESG spectrum. The results of this work will enhance the resilience
of the Group's management and mitigation strategies, ensuring that
both short- and long-term financial planning and strategic
decision-making take account of the growing significance of
sustainability risks and opportunities under five key risk
dimensions, which include economic risks, environmental risks,
geopolitical risks, societal risks and technological
risks.
Further maturity of data and
analytics will remain a priority for the 2025 financial year and
will continue to deliver more substantive understanding of the
range and plausibility of subordinate risks and opportunities
within the main exposure categories and their capacity to impact
specific areas of the Group's business, over the identified short-,
medium- and long-term time horizons. Consideration will then be
given to the extent to which these issues might crystallise as a
material financial impact for the Group and its stakeholders. This
will include further analysis of climate-related issues that affect
the geographical regions in which we generate revenues - on a
current and forward-looking basis, to enable more geographically
specific disclosures, where these prove to be useful and value
adding.
The Group is continuing its work
towards achieving its aims of reductions in gross GHG emissions,
which have been established and approved by the Board via work
undertaken during the 2024 reporting period. These are intended to
create a solid foundation for the shaping of our initiatives and
the actions needed to mitigate the Group's environmental impact
through the gross reduction of Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions on a
long-term, sustainable basis, recognising that their effectiveness
and integrity are as significant as the pace of their
achievement. Whilst we have reduced emissions over the
reporting period (as described in Pillar 4 below) and it remains
the aim of the Group to continue to reduce emissions, in the
interim investing in carbon offsets has been important. This is
further described in Pillar 4 below
Simultaneously the Board have
recognised that there are clear strategic and commercial
opportunities and benefits associated with embracing a strategic
response to sustainability issues:
Pillar 3 - Risk Management
As with all businesses, the Group
is exposed to risk in respect of its strategic and business plan
objectives. The Board has overall responsibility for the Group's
system of risk management and internal control and for reviewing
their effectiveness, supported by the governance structures, and
reporting arrangements of the ERM Framework. These have been
adapted to assist with the identification and management of
sustainability related risks, enabling the Group to readily apply
its well-established and embedded risk management conventions and
processes to identify, understand and assess relevant risks and
opportunities in a manner consistent with the approach for all
other risks to which the Group is or may be exposed. The
'Schedule of Powers Reserved to the Board' ensures that the
Directors are responsible for determining, evaluating, and
controlling the nature and extent of such risks and opportunities,
including both quantifiable and non-quantifiable risks, and for
assessing the effectiveness of the Group's ERM Framework. An
overview of the associated protocols is set out below.
The overall scope of,
responsibilities for, and approach to risk management, through
which the Group's risk management activities, processes and
procedures are to be directed and controlled, are set out within
the ERM Policy, which governs the consistent identification,
measurement, assessment, management, monitoring and reporting of
all risks. The Board recognises the need to ensure that the risk
management system is effective and well-integrated into the Group's
structure and decision-making processes, with clear accountability
and ownership for risk management. On this basis the ERM Framework
seeks to add value through embedding risk management and effective
internal control systems as continuous and developing processes
within strategy setting, programme level functions and day-to-day
operating activities. The ERM Framework also acknowledges the
significance of operating culture and values in relation to risk
management and their impact on the overall effectiveness of the
internal control framework.
The Policy objectives and
conventions of the ERM Framework, which are mature and well
embedded, guide and govern the identification, assessment,
management, monitoring and reporting of risks. These conventions
are actively supporting the work to accommodate and integrate focus
on and quantification of sustainability related risks and exposures
at strategic, programme and operational level such that layers of
core activity support each other and the relative significance of
climate-related risks, within the context of the broader risk
portfolio, can be determined. This is enabled by the application of
risk appetite metrics, tolerance thresholds and ultimate
boundaries, which are used to quantify risk issues and emerging
risks with outputs reported to the Board on at least a quarterly
basis.
Within this context, and
consistent with the Group's ERM protocols, risk management
processes are undertaken on both a top-down and bottom-up
basis. The top-down aspect involves the Board assessing,
analysing, and evaluating what it believes to be the principal
risks facing the Group. The bottom-up approach involves the
identification, review, and monitoring of current and
forward-looking risks, including climate-related and broader
sustainability risks on a continuing basis at functional and
divisional levels, with analysis and formal reporting to the
quarterly Group Risk Forum, and onward analytical reporting to the
Audit and Risk Committee. The Audit and Risk Committee receives
regular reporting from the Group's Chief Risk Officer in relation
to the outcome of periodic risk assessments undertaken by
management in line with the governing principles and practices of
the ERM Framework.
The 'Risk Universe' captures the
range of material inherent risks, which are identified as having
the capacity to prevent or limit the achievement of business
objectives, taking into account the recommendations of the Group
Risk Forum, the Audit and Risk Committees and the Chief Risk
Officer. The 'Risk Universe' supports the structure and functioning
of both the ERM Framework and the Board Approved Risk Appetite
Statement. Effective maintenance of the Risk Universe is dependent
upon strategic and business objectives over appropriate time
horizons being actively maintained.
The Group's material inherent
risks are classified into five main risk categories and then
grouped into categories of subordinate risk, with the Risk Appetite
Framework sharing the same structure. This taxonomy of risks
strengthens the monitoring of risk appetite as it is reflective of
the nature of the risks to which the Group is or could be exposed
in the pursuit of its business objectives and corporate strategies.
Risk identification, measurement, monitoring, managing, and
reporting under the Group's ERM Framework are based on this
taxonomy and the approach enables a holistic and integrated view of
climate-related risks and those with a broader sustainability
nexus.
Risk Appetite is the aggregate
level and types of risk the Board is prepared to accept, within
risk capacity, before action is deemed necessary to reduce the
risk. Risk Appetite represents the balance between the potential
benefits and rewards of commercial decision-making and innovation
versus the threats that change, and development inevitably bring.
Risk Capacity is the maximum level of risk at which the Group can
operate, whilst remaining within constraints implied by capital,
funding needs and the expectation of shareholders.
The Board has an agreed Risk
Appetite Statement, structured according to the taxonomies
described above, which is comprehensive and clear to all
stakeholders. Where the Board sets its Risk Appetite at principal
risk category level, such Risk Appetite is applicable to the
aggregate of the sub-risks within the specific Risk Category. The
Group's Risk Appetite over the short-, medium-, and long-term time
horizons is reviewed annually.
For some risks within the Group's
risk universe, such as strategic, reputational, group and some
aspects of climate risks, the holding of capital by itself is
considered by the Board to be an inappropriate mitigating measure.
The governance, risk management and internal control mechanisms,
which constitute the ERM Programme, promote the capture and
analysis of non-quantifiable risks with assessment against the
respective risk appetite metrics approved by the Board. This
approach, driven by ERM protocols, ensures that all risks within
the risk universe (quantifiable and non-quantifiable) are treated
with equivalence and reporting on risks is not limited to those
which only support calculation of solvency requirements. This
methodology allows the nature of the Group's principal and
subordinate risks, relative to strategic and business objectives,
to be considered via stress and scenario testing and movements in
Hansard's risk profile, relative to risk appetite, to be
identified, managed, monitored and reported on a continuing basis.
Additional details of stress and scenario testing relating to
climate risks are described above as part of Pillar 2 -
Strategy.
To demonstrate whether the Group
is being managed in accordance with the Board's approved Risk
Appetite, periodic risk appetite tolerance assessments are carried
out and reported to the Audit and Risk Committee.
Further details on the Company's
overall ERM Framework can be found in the Risk Management and
Internal Control section on pages 22 to 25 and in the Principal
Risks section on pages 25 to 30.
Pillar 4 - Metrics and Targets
The Group aims to promote
sustainable business practices on a holistic basis, including
controlling and reducing environmental impacts. In order to be
meaningful this requires an informed understanding of
climate-related considerations, such as physical and transition
risks, climate resilience and GHG targets, and a substantive
assessment of the Group's generated emissions, together with
recognition of the value for all stakeholders in the use of clear,
meaningful metrics to measure and manage climate-related risks and
opportunities. The Group's metrics and targets are intended to evidence and
demonstrate how the Group is working to achieve reductions in its
energy use (measured in tCO2e), consequent emissions and
environmental impacts and establish sustainable business practices.
To calculate our emissions, we follow the Greenhouse Gas Protocol
(GHGP) Corporate Standard. Under this Protocol we categorise
emissions on the following basis: -
· Scope 1: Direct emissions from gas, refrigerants, and owned
vehicles.
· Scope 2: Indirect emissions from the generation of acquired
and consumed electricity, which are a consequence of our
activities, but originate at sources owned or controlled by another
organisation; and
· Scope 3: Value-chain emissions, having regard to both
upstream activities - typically business travel, employee
commuting, waste generation, purchased goods and services and
capital goods, and the downstream impacts of our business -
typically linked to investments made or enabled by the Life
Companies of the Group.
Benefitting from the relationship
established over the last two years, we have again worked with the
Environmental Sustainability Index (ESI) Monitor, utilising their
online application FutureTracker, to upload and record our
environmental footprint data, across Scopes 1, 2 and 3 and provide
useful industry benchmarking. The subsequent 2024 Environmental
Footprint Report is then used to inform our Metric and
Target Pillar disclosures and enable refinement of our sustainability goals
and associated policy objectives. Data for the financial year ended
30 June 2024 is set out in figure 9
below, representing the most relevant and
applicable data in respect of emissions for which Hansard is
responsible via its energy use, measured in tCO2e. This
does not currently include measurement of other GHG's identified
under GHGP or incorporate CO2 equivalent
measurements.
Figure 9: 2024 Carbon Footprint Results
Our Scope 1 and 2 reporting total
includes data from our Isle of Man, Ireland, and Japan offices. Our
largest emissions impact in relation to Scope 1 and 2 continues to
be our electricity usage, although this has decreased by 49%
compared to the last reporting period. The reduction in our Scope 2
emissions is due to the sale of our warehouse. This, in turn, has
also reduced our Scope 1 mobile combustion emissions as we were
able to reduce the usage of our company vehicle. More
significantly, our data centre provider switched their electricity
tariff to the Guaranteed Green Tariff. The Guaranteed Green Tariff
is a verified local tariff that ensures renewable energy is fed
into the Isle of Man national grid to cover the number of units
consumed by our data centre. We continue to engage with the
landlord of our head office to investigate options to utilise the
Guaranteed Green Tariff. We already purchase renewable energy
for our Ireland based office and will investigate options for our
office in Japan in the coming financial period.
In addition to our total emissions
in tCO2e, we have calculated our average emissions per
fulltime employee for Scope 1 and 2 to be 0.26 tCO2e, a
50% decrease from 0.52 tCO2e in 2023. The emissions per
fulltime employee differ across our office locations due to the
electricity usage in each location.
In relation to our Scope 3
emissions, we have maintained our disclosure position by
calculating and disclosing our more readily measurable emissions,
under GHGP Categorisations, including Business Travel (Category 6)
and Employee Commuting and Working from Home (Category 7)
emissions. We are targeting continued improvements in the capture
and measurement of all relevant and applicable upstream and
downstream Scope 3 emissions during the 2025 financial year, which
will require collaboration with external
stakeholders.
Emissions relating to hotel stays
has been omitted from current Category 6 reporting, as we continue
to compile complete and accurate data to enable us to capture,
record and mitigate associated emissions. As such, 2024 metrics
will not be considered a gross Scope 3 baseline, with baselines
instead being applied to each activity as reliable data becomes
more readily available and measurable. The Group's 2023 reported
Scope 3 metrics are therefore considered the baselines for Category
6 and 7 emissions respectively, subject to any adjustments that may
be required once the accommodation element of business travel
becomes more readily quantifiable.
For Scope 3, the primary
contributor to our measured Carbon Footprint continues to be
business travel, at 53% of our total measurable Scope 3 emissions,
and 44% of the Group's total emissions. However, there has been a
significant reduction in the distances travelled for business
travel, and therefore associated carbon emissions have reduced.
Emissions associated with employee commuting increased marginally,
whilst emissions associated with employee working from home
decreased. The Group continues to explore ways in which
international travel can be further reduced, exploiting the value
of advances in digital transformation solutions for engaging with
clients, business partners and remote working. Initiatives to
support the reduction of emissions relating to employee commuting
are also being investigated.
Our decision to purchase carbon
offsets as a way of mitigating our net impact has led to the
Company determining revised strategic parameters for emission
reductions gross of offset. These will be refined and
formalised via the 2025 cycle of risk appetite metric calibrations,
seeking absolute based targets, referenced to respective baselines,
framed around the following ambitions: -
· We
will aim to reduce Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 50% by 2030,
and by 100% by 2050.
· We
will aim to reduce Scope 3 emissions excluding those relating to
our AuA* by 50% by 2035 and 100% by 2050*.
For clarity, Scopes 1 and 2 will
continue to use 2022 as the baseline, while our Scope 3 metrics
will inform future reporting. Baseliner metrics we disclose in
future annual reports will be set at the time.
The Group continues to investigate
ways in which we can capture further data to be able to provide
additional metrics in future, such as those relating to waste
management, water usage, and any other areas that will help to
manage our overall environmental impact.
There are no current material
financial exposures arising out of our carbon emission levels in
terms of specified regulatory caps or direct taxes. At present, our
Executive Directors' remuneration packages are not tied to
performance against ESG metrics. We also do not produce any
internal carbon pricing, as we do not consider it to be applicable
to our current business model.
* We have
not set an ambition at this stage for emissions relating to AuA.
These investments are chosen by our clients or by their advisors.
However, we will look for opportunities to assist clients and
financial advisers in addressing climate-related data challenges
relating to their investments. We will aim to define target
reductions for our guided architecture AuA during the 2025 reporting period, recognising that
this will involve establishing a substantive understanding of the
emission measures for our existing investment portfolio and the
Group's capacity to influence more environmentally considerate
investment decision making. As we progress this work, we will
continue to make reference to the driving principles and objectives
of new and emerging regulatory developments in this area, such as
the FCA's Sustainability Disclosure Requirements. This approach
ensures we are aware of industry and regulatory progress, even
where these may not be directly applicable to the
Group.
Stakeholder engagement and Board decision
making
We recognise our obligations to
adopt a responsible attitude towards our stakeholders in operating
our business. As well as shareholders, key stakeholders include
employees, contract holders, distribution partners, service
providers and the communities in which we operate. The Board
seeks to understand the views of such stakeholders in making any
key decisions in accordance with the Code. The Board
considers that the Group demonstrates a balanced approach in its
decision making and that Hansard's policies and actions fulfil the
Group's obligations.
The Board is accountable to the
shareholders for creating and delivering value through the
effective governance of the business. The Group places considerable
importance on developing its relationships with our shareholders
and it aims to achieve this by way of the following regular
communication activities:
· regular dialogue with major institutional shareholders, both
directly and through the Company's advisors.
· market announcements, corporate presentations and other
Company information which are available on our website at
www.hansard.com;
and
· the
Annual Report and Accounts issued to all registered shareholders,
either in hard copy or electronically for those that have elected
to receive it in that form.
The CEO and Chair typically meet
with the investor community, major shareholders, and analysts at
various points throughout the year.
In addition, the Chair of each
Committee is available to meet or correspond with major
shareholders to discuss any areas of concern not resolved through
normal channels of investor communication. There were no
significant areas of concern raised during the 2024 financial year.
Arrangements can be made to meet with the Chair through the CFO or
Company Secretary.
The Board is equally interested in
communications with private shareholders and the CFO oversees
communication with these investors. All information reported to the
regulatory information services is simultaneously published on the
Company's website, affording the widest possible access to Company
announcements.
The Board receives regular
feedback on the views of shareholders on the Company from its
executive team after meetings with those shareholders, as well as
from reports from the Company's corporate brokers, the Chair, and
the Senior Independent Director.
By Order of the Board
Hazel Stewart
Company Secretary
25 September 2024
Report OF THE Audit AND RISK Committee
Purpose and terms of reference
This report provides details of
the role of the Group Audit and Risk Committee and the work it has
undertaken during the year. The primary
function of the Audit and Risk Committee is to assist the Board in
fulfilling its responsibilities to protect the interests of
shareholders with regard to the integrity of financial reporting,
risk management and internal controls and overseeing the
relationship with the external auditor. The role, responsibilities
and work of the Committee can best be understood by reference to
its written terms of reference. These are published on the
Company's website, www.hansard.com.
Key responsibilities
include:
· monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of the
Group, including its annual and interim reports and other formal
announcements relating to its financial performance.
· reviewing and reporting to the Board on significant financial
reporting issues, accounting policies and judgements.
· reviewing summary financial statements, significant financial
returns to regulators and any other financial information contained
in certain other documents.
· recommending to the Board the appointment, re-appointment and
removal of the external auditor and approving the terms of
engagement and remuneration.
· monitoring the independence of the external auditor and the
provision of non-audit services.
· monitoring the effectiveness and objectivity of the internal
and external auditors.
· reviewing the Group's systems and controls for the prevention
of bribery and procedures for detection of fraud.
· reviewing the effectiveness of internal financial controls
and risk management systems relating to financial reporting;
and
· reviewing annually the Group's internal audit requirements
and budget.
Composition and structure
At the date of this report, the
members of the Committee were the Group's Independent Non-executive
Directors being David Peach, Jose Ribeiro and Noel Harwerth. David
Peach is the Chair of the Committee. The Board is satisfied that
during the year, and at the date of this report, at least one
member of the Committee has competence in accounting and all
members of the Committee have considerable recent and relevant
financial experience and competence relevant to the sector in which
the Company operates.
The Company Secretary acts as the
secretary to the Committee. The Chair of the Committee reports to
each subsequent meeting of the Board on the Committee's work and
the Board receives a copy of the minutes of each meeting of the
Committee.
Meetings and frequency
The Committee met on four
occasions during the financial year. The members' attendance record
is set out in the Corporate Governance Report.
During the year, the Chair invited
the CFO, the other Non-executive Directors, the Head of Internal
Audit and KPMG Audit LLC ("KPMG") (the external auditor) to attend
all meetings of the Committee. Other members of senior management,
including the Group Chief Executive Officer, the Group Chief
Actuary and the Head of Group Risk and Compliance were also invited
to attend as appropriate.
It is the Committee's practice to
meet separately, at least once a year, with both the Internal Audit
function and with the engagement partner of the external auditor,
without any members of management being present. In addition,
outside the structure of formal meetings, David Peach has had
separate meetings throughout the year directly with the external
auditor and the Internal Audit function. David also meets and has
regular contact with the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief
Financial Officer, the Chief Actuary and the Chief Risk
Officer.
In performing its duties, the
Committee has access to the services of the Internal Audit
Function, the Company Secretary and, if required, external
professional advisers.
Subsidiary company audit and risk
committees
Each of the Group's life assurance
subsidiaries has established an audit and risk committee that
provides an oversight role for its own business. The chair of each
of those committees is an Independent Non-executive Director of the
relevant company. Each committee operated throughout the financial
year and considered specifically the reporting of outsourced
services and the valuation of contract holder liabilities, having
regard to the opinion of the Chief Actuary.
The minutes of the meetings of
those committees are available to the Group Audit and Risk
Committee which monitors in particular the adherence of the
subsidiaries to regulatory requirements.
Committee activities during the financial
year
1. Review of accounting and
reporting
During the financial year the
Committee:
· agreed the annual audit plan with the external auditor,
considered the auditor's reports and monitored management actions
in response to the issues raised.
· reviewed the annual and half-yearly report and accounts,
including the external auditor's reports, and associated
announcements.
· reviewed the reports and projections of the head of actuarial
function and considered any implications for
disclosures.
· monitored the submission of key regulatory
returns.
· monitored compliance with the relevant parts of the UK
Corporate Governance Code, the effectiveness of internal controls
and reporting procedures for risk management processes.
· continued to monitor the application of the Group's policy on
whistleblowing, reporting where relevant to the Board;
and
· reviewed other Stock Exchange reporting prior to publication
of each announcement.
Whilst reviewing the annual and
half-yearly report and accounts, the Committee focussed on the
following areas where significant financial judgements were
required:
· the
accounting principles, policies, assumptions, and practices
adopted.
· judgements exercised in the production of the financial
results including the valuation of certain financial investments,
deferred origination costs and deferred income, and the
appropriateness of key actuarial assumptions within financial and
regulatory reporting.
· the
impact of the ongoing geopolitical position with respect to
valuation and provisioning issues, longer term actuarial
assumptions of contract holder behaviour and going concern
disclosures.
· the
status of known or potential litigation claims against the Group
including accounting treatment in the financial statements and
judgements made on whether to recognise a provision or contingent
liability; and
· the
carrying amount of the investment in subsidiaries in the Parent
Company including an assessment of whether any impairment should be
recognised.
To assist the Committee's review
of key judgements around the accounting for litigation-related
contingent liabilities, expert input was received from its legal
advisors.
2. Review of Internal Audit
The Head of Internal Audit reports
to the Audit and Risk Committee on the effectiveness of the Group's
systems of risk management and internal control, the adequacy of
those systems to manage business risk and to safeguard the Group's
assets and resources. The Internal Audit Department provides
objective assurance on risks and controls to the
Committee.
The plans, the level of resources
and the budget of the Internal Audit Department are reviewed at
least annually by the Committee. During the financial year the
Committee monitored and reviewed the effectiveness and independence
of the Internal Audit Department, including consideration of the
plan of assurance and consulting activities (including changes
thereof) and results from completed audits and concluded that the
Department was fit for purpose.
3. Review of External Audit
KPMG Audit LLC (KPMG) was
appointed as external auditor in 2020 following a tender process
held in 2019. The Committee does not consider a tender process is
required at present.,
KPMG was re-appointed as auditor
for the year ended 30 June 2024 following shareholder approval at
the 2023 AGM.
The Group has in place a policy to
ensure the independence and objectivity of the external
auditor. During the year, the Committee performed its annual
review of the independence, effectiveness, and objectivity of KPMG,
assessing the audit firm, the audit partner, and the audit teams.
This is performed through written documentation provided by KPMG
which is discussed and challenged where appropriate by the
Committee.
The Committee was satisfied with
its compliance with the Code and other relevant legislation for the
year ended 30 June 2024.
Based on the Committee's review
and with input from Group management and Internal Audit, the
Committee concluded that the audit service of KPMG was fit for
purpose and provided a robust overall examination of the Group's
business and its associated financial reporting.
The Committee monitored compliance
with the Group policy for the provision of non-audit services by
the external auditor. This policy aims to ensure that external
auditor objectivity and independence is safeguarded and sets out
the categories of non-audit services which the external auditor is
allowed to provide to the Group. Financial limits for non-audit
related advice and consultancy work by the external audit firm
apply to each company in the Group with a limit of £25,000 per
company per year. Non-audit assignments exceeding the agreed
limits, either individually or cumulatively, must have the prior
approval of the Group Audit and Risk Committee. During the year,
the Committee approved audit related assurance services relating to
Solvency II and the Isle of Man's risk-based solvency
regime.
Details of the amount paid to the
external auditors during the year for audit and non-audit related
services are set out in note 8 to the consolidated financial
statements.
4. Review of internal controls
The Committee has reported to the
Board regarding the review of the Group's risk management and
internal control systems. No material issues were
noted.
The Committee considered events
during the year and to the date of signing of the Annual Report and
Accounts, including internal reporting structures together with
reporting from Internal Audit, external audit and the Chief
Actuary.
The Committee is cognisant of the
changes implemented in the UK Corporate Governance Code 2024 that
relate to internal controls.
5. Review of Committee
performance
As part of the external Board
performance review this year, the performance of the Audit and Risk
Committee was reviewed. There were no areas of significant concern,
and it was concluded that the Committee had effectively fulfilled
its role.
David Peach
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
25 September 2024
REPORT OF THE Nominations Committee
This report provides details of
the role of the Nominations Committee and the work it has
undertaken during the year.
Purpose and terms of reference
The role, responsibilities and
work of the Committee can best be understood by reference to its
written terms of reference. These are published on the Company's
website. A summary is set out below:
· to
regularly review the structure, size and composition required of
the Board (including a review of the scope to further promote
diversity of skills, social and ethnic background, nationality,
experience, cognitive and personal strengths, knowledge, outlook,
approach, and gender) and the membership of the Committees and make
recommendations to the Board with regard to any changes.
· to
consider succession planning processes for Directors and executive
management positions and the opportunities available to the Company
to further promote diversity and inclusion; and
· to
be responsible for identifying and nominating for the approval of
the Board, candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when they
arise.
The Committee keeps under review
the balance of skills on the Board and the knowledge, experience,
length of service and performance of the Directors. It also reviews
their external interests with a view to identifying any actual,
perceived, or potential conflicts of interests, including the time
available to commit to their duties to the Company. Prior to
accepting any additional external appointments Directors are
required to seek the Board's approval.
The Committee regularly reviews
the structure, size and composition of the Board and Board
Committees. This review considers the knowledge, skills and
experience of the Directors, and the diversity on the Board and
each of its Committees, to ensure they are effective in meeting
current and future challenges. The skills and experience of the
Board are mapped against desired skills using objective criteria to
create a skills matrix.
The Group ensures that each of its
companies is compliant with relevant applicable legislation
relating to health and safety, employment legislation including
sex, race, and other discrimination rules, in striving to be an
equal opportunity employer. The Group's
recruitment process seeks to find candidates most suited for the
job.
The Group respects the dignity of
individuals and their beliefs and does not tolerate any sexual,
racial, physical or any other form of harassment of employees nor
tolerate any discrimination in the workplace.
Membership
At the date of this report, the
members of the Committee were the Independent Non-executive
Directors David Peach, Jose Ribeiro and Noel Harwerth, and the
Non-executive Group Chair, Philip Kay. Philip Kay is Chair of
the Committee.
The Company Secretary acts as the
secretary to the Committee. The Chair of the Committee reports to
each subsequent meeting of the Board on the Committee's work and
the Board receives a copy of the minutes of each meeting of the
Committee.
Activities of the Committee during the year
The Committee met on four
occasions during the year. The members' attendance record is set
out in the Corporate Governance Report.
During the year and to the date of
this report the Committee considered the following:
· considered and accepted the resignation of Christine
Theodorovics as Independent Non-executive Director and commenced
the process for the recruitment of a successor.
· considered and accepted the resignation of Ailish Sherlin as
Chief Actuary and the appointment of Alan Canny as
successor.
· reviewed the structure, size, and composition of the
Board.
· reviewed the skills, experience, and knowledge of each Board
member and of the Board as a whole.
· reviewed the time commitment required from the Chair and
Non-executive Directors to fulfil their roles.
· instructed Boston Limited to conduct a Board Performance
Review by way of a survey sent to all Directors plus the Company
Secretary and Chief Risk Officer.
· appointed Sapphire Partners, who have no connection to the
Company or individual Directors, to support the search for a
replacement Independent Non-executive Director.
· considered and accepted the resignation of Graham Sheward as
Group CEO and executive Director.
· considered and appointed Thomas Morfett as Group
CEO.
· considered and appointed Noel Harwerth OBE as successor for
Christine Theodorovics as Independent Non-executive
Director.
Directors' appointments and induction
The Board has a formal procedure
in respect of the appointment of new Directors, with the
Nominations Committee leading the process and making
recommendations to the Board. The Company has in place an induction
programme for new Directors to provide them with a full, formal,
and tailored induction on joining the Board, which ensures that
they attain sufficient knowledge of the Company to discharge their
duties and responsibilities effectively.
Diversity
The Committee and Board
acknowledges the importance of diversity, including gender
diversity, for the Company. The Board acknowledges the FCA Policy
Statement on Diversity and Inclusion on company boards and
executive management, which sets out targets as follows:
· At
least 40% of the board are women.
· At
least one of the following senior board positions is held by a
woman - Chair, Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Senior Independent
Director (SID) or Chief Financial Officer (CFO); and
· At
least one board member is from a minority ethnic background,
defined by reference to the categories recommended by the Office
for National Statistics, excluding those listed as coming from a
White ethnic background.
For the purposes of making the
disclosures set out below, data was collected through self-reported
submissions from the Board and Executive Committee.
|
Number of board members
|
Percentage of the board
|
Number of senior positions in the
board (CEO, CFO, SID and Chair)
|
Number in Executive
Committee
|
Percentage of Executive
Committee
|
Men
|
5
|
80%
|
4
|
6
|
67%
|
Women
|
1
|
20%
|
0
|
3
|
33%
|
Not specified/prefer not to
say
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of board members
|
Percentage of the board
|
Number of senior positions in the
board (CEO, CFO, SID and Chair)
|
Number in Executive
management
|
Percentage of Executive
management
|
White British
|
3
|
60%
|
3
|
9
|
100%
|
White other (including minority
white groups)
|
2
|
20%
|
1
|
|
|
Mixed/
Multiple Ethnic Groups
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asian/Asian British
|
|
|
|
|
|
Black/African/Caribbean/ Black
British
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other ethnic group, including
Arab
|
1
|
20%
|
|
|
|
Not specified/ prefer not to
say
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company is committed to
increasing diversity at board level. Supported by an independent
executive search firm we are in the process of appointing two
experienced female Independent Non-executive Directors to the
Board. The first appointment is Noel Harwerth OBE, who was
appointed to the Board on 23 September, and we expect to announce
the second appointment later in the calendar year.
Review of Committee
Performance
The Chair had regular meetings
during the year with the Group Chief Executive Officer, Group Chief
Financial Officer, and the Non-executive Directors. In
addition, after each Board meeting, the Chair held informal
sessions with the full Board (without management being present) and
with only the Independent Non-executive and Non-executive Directors
in attendance (without executive Directors being present). A review
of the performance of the Chair was performed by the Non-executive
Directors led by the Senior Independent Director.
Philip Kay
Chair of the Nominations Committee
25 September 2024
REPORT OF THE Remuneration Committee
This report provides details of
the role of the Committee and the work it has undertaken during the
year.
Purpose and terms of reference
The key responsibilities of the
Committee are to:
· determine and make recommendations to the Board on the
overall remuneration policy and the remuneration packages of the
executive Directors, the Company Secretary, and such other members
of the Executive Committee as it considers appropriate.
· ensure that remuneration is designed to support strategy and
promote the long-term sustainable success of the Group.
· review the executive Directors' service contracts.
· review the design and operation of share incentive schemes;
and
· oversee any changes in employee benefit structures throughout
the Group.
As such the remuneration policy is
designed to:
· recognise the need to be competitive in an international
market, though taking account of the local knowledge and packages
in the UK and the Isle of Man.
· support key business strategies and create a strong,
performance-orientated environment.
· attract, motivate, and retain talent; and
· be aligned to proper risk management consistent with risk
tolerance set out by the Board as part of its strategy.
The role, responsibilities and
work of the Committee can best be understood by reference to its
terms of reference. These are published on the Company's
website.
Membership
As at the date of this report,
members of the Committee are the Independent Non-executive
Directors David Peach, Jose Ribeiro and Noel Harwerth and the
Non-executive Group Chair, Philip Kay. The Committee is chaired by
Jose Ribeiro.
The Company Secretary acts as the
secretary to the Committee. The Chair of the Committee reports to
each subsequent meeting of the Board on the Committee's work and
the Board receives a copy of the minutes of each meeting of the
Committee.
Activities of the Committee during the year
During the year there were five
meetings of the Committee. The members' attendance record is
set out in the Corporate Governance Report.
At the request of the Committee
Chair, the CEO also attends meetings and makes recommendations to
the Committee regarding changes to particular remuneration packages
(excluding himself) or to policies generally. Such recommendations
are discussed by the Committee and adopted or amended as it sees
fit. The Head of People and Culture provides all necessary support
to the Remuneration Committee in executing their duties.
At the request of the Committee,
the Head of People and Culture engaged with Polymetrix Ltd to
provide benchmarking data on remuneration. Polymetrix has no
connection with the Company.
During the year the Committee also
received advice from FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP ("FIT"). FIT
was appointed to advise the Committee in 2022. FIT has no other
connection with the Company (or its Directors) and the Committee is
satisfied that the advice received from FIT in the 2024 financial
year was independent and objective.
During the year and to the date of
this report, the Committee addressed issues concerning remuneration
and incentive schemes implemented by the Group, in
particular:
· agreed the weighting of the corporate performance objectives
for the bonus schemes for the year ended 30 June 2024 and assessed
achievement of these.
· agreed awards to be made under bonus schemes for the year
ended 30 June 2024.
· agreed executive Director bonuses for the year ended 30 June
2024.
· reviewed Directors' fees for the Company and subsidiary
appointments for the year ending 30 June 2024.
· reviewed incentive provision.
·
reviewed employee benefits.
·
reviewed and approved the remuneration
policy.
·
agreed the continuation of enhanced annual bonus provision for 2025 for Executive
Directors (CEO and CFO).
·
agreed that share awards granted to date
(393,300) under the terms of the deferred bonus scheme for Graham
Sheward would vest on 31st December 2024. These were
awards of shares in respect of annual bonuses for 2022 and
2023.
·
agreed the weighting of the corporate performance
objectives for the bonus schemes for the year ended 30 June
2025.
Summary of remuneration policy
As an Isle of Man registered
company, the Company is not required to present a remuneration
policy in the format required by the UK Companies Act.
However, the following information is provided to summarise the
remuneration policy.
Policy on salary of Executive
Directors
It is the policy of the Committee
to pay base salaries to the Executive Directors at broadly market
rates (taking account of the Isle of Man location where relevant)
compared with those of executives of companies of a similar size
and international scope, whilst also taking into account the
executives' personal performance and the performance of the Group.
In addition, reliance is placed on the People and Culture function
to provide appropriate benchmarking data.
The CEO salary was reviewed during
2023. After due care and consideration, the Committee determined
that the salary was appropriate for the size and scope of the role
on the basis of the decision made on appointment to reflect a lower
fixed base salary with a higher variable element and therefore was
not increased following the review.
Name
|
Salary as at 30 June
2024
|
Salary as at 30 June
2023
|
Increase
|
Graham Sheward (CEO)
|
£250,000
|
£250,000
|
N/A
|
Thomas Morfett (CFO) *
|
£150,000
|
£150,000
|
N/A
|
* With effect from 2nd
August 2024, Thomas Morfett was appointed CEO and will receive a
base salary of £250,000 per annum.
Cash-settled bonus scheme
The Committee approved the
continuation of a bonus scheme for all employees. The terms of the
scheme that became effective from 1 July 2018 incorporate targets
for both company and individual performance. Bonuses earned will be
paid in the October following the end of the financial
year.
Deferred Bonus Scheme
Our executive Directors
participate in a bespoke version of the firm-wide bonus scheme that
is overseen by the Committee. Potential earnings under the
bonus scheme for the executive Directors range from nil to 100% of
salary. On appointment of a new CFO, an appropriate maximum annual
bonus will be set, but not exceeding 100% of basic
salary.
50% of any bonus awarded is paid
in cash and 50% in shares deferred for 3 years as governed by the
shareholder-approved deferred bonus scheme.
The deferred bonus scheme was
approved at the AGM on 8 November 2016 and has been the only
long-term element of incentive pay operated by the
Company.
All annual bonus payments are made
at the discretion of the Committee and the Committee has full
discretion to override the formulaic outcomes of any performance
conditions that apply to the annual bonus scheme should that be
considered appropriate in any case. Malus and clawback
provisions may be operated as appropriate in respect of cash
amounts payable under the annual bonus scheme or in respect of
awards of deferred shares made under the deferred bonus scheme.
There was no operation of either malus or clawback in the 2024
financial year.
Continuation of enhanced annual bonus provision for
2025
Prior to the 2024 financial year,
the Committee undertook a review of incentive provision for our
executive Directors and other senior executives. While
consideration was given to introducing a forward-looking
share-based long-term incentive (beyond our existing deferred bonus
plan) at market-normal levels for a company of Hansard's scale and
business type, having considered the priorities of the business and
our shareholders, the Committee determined that it was more
practical and of greater benefit to shareholders to provide for
enhanced annual bonus potential for our executive Directors rather
than establishing a new share plan. This is intended to provide
appropriate incentive opportunities and a retention mechanism for
participants. This enhanced annual bonus potential was first
available for 2024 and will be available also for 2025.
Accordingly, for 2025, the maximum
bonus potential available to the CEO will be enhanced by a further
40% of base salary, to provide 140% of base salary as the maximum
annual bonus. This enhanced maximum annual bonus opportunity may
also be made available to the new CFO following appointment. The
annual bonus plan remains overseen by the Committee, and the
Committee will ensure that the element within the 2024/25 annual
bonus relating to this enhanced potential will be available only if
demanding performance metrics (which may include financial,
shareholder value and strategic non-financial measures) are
achieved to the Committee's satisfaction. Any amounts payable under
the enhanced potential are payable in cash.
SAYE Share-save Programme
No options over shares were
exercised under the Scheme rules during the year (2023:
nil).
At the date of this report, the
following options remain outstanding under each tranche:
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
No. of
|
No.
of
|
Scheme year
|
|
options
|
Options
|
2018
|
|
-
|
29,031
|
|
|
-
|
29,031
|
The scheme was renewed for a
further 10 years at the AGM in 2017.
Employee Benefit Trust
An Employee Benefit Trust ("EBT")
was established in February 2018 in order to provide certain
discretionary share-based awards as part of an overall compensation
and retention package. During the year 700,000 shares were
purchased and transferred into the EBT. As at 30 June 2024 the EBT
held 1,257,000 shares (2023: 557,000).
Policy on fees for Non-executive Directors
It is our policy to set the fees
for each Non-executive Director so that they reflect the time
commitment in preparing for and attending meetings, the
responsibility and duties of the position and the contribution that
is expected from them. Our policy is to pay a market rate which is
set annually by the Board.
President and controlling shareholder
Dr Leonard Polonsky was appointed
President of the Group under a letter of appointment effective from
22 September 2014. This letter incorporates the requirements
of the Listing Rules in relation to Dr Polonsky as
controlling shareholder of the Group.
A summary of the agreement, dated
22 September 2014, governing his relationship with the Group is
available for inspection at the Company's registered office and
will be made available to shareholders at the
AGM. To maintain effective corporate
governance, the agreement contains the following terms:
·
all transactions between Dr Polonsky and the
Group are to be conducted at arm's length and on normal commercial
terms.
·
Dr Polonsky will take no actions which would
prevent the Company from complying with its obligations under the
Listing Rules or propose a resolution to circumvent the proper
application of the Listing Rules.
·
Dr Polonsky will exercise his voting rights to
ensure a requisite number of Independent Non-executive Directors
are appointed to and retained by the Board; and
·
Dr Polonsky will consult with Independent
Non-executive Directors where proposals have been made by the Board
in relation to its composition.
There were no significant
transactions between the Group and Dr Polonsky during the year
under review, per page 34 Director's Report.
Summary of Directors' employment terms and
conditions
In accordance with the Articles of
Association all Directors are subject to annual re-election. All
Directors subject to election/re-election on 8 November 2023 were
re-elected at the AGM held at that date. None of the Directors are
engaged on a fixed term contract.
The key terms and benefits of the
contractual arrangements between each Director and the Company are
as follows:
Thomas Morfett - Group Chief Executive Officer & Group
Chief Financial Officer. The
Service Agreement in place sets out the contractual employment
arrangements, the key terms being Company
contribution into personal pension arrangements; private healthcare
for himself and his spouse; permanent health insurance; life
assurance; full-pay sick leave for a maximum of eight weeks of
absence, whether or not consecutive, in any 12-month period due to
illness or injury and 30 days annual leave in addition to public
holidays. Other than the right to receive a payment in lieu
of notice upon termination, his service agreement dated 19 January
2023 does not provide for any benefits upon termination of
employment. The notice period (by either party) is six
months.
Thomas was appointed to the Board
on 17 April 2023. Thomas is a member of the deferred bonus scheme,
which is based on corporate and individual performance, as set out
on page 78.
Non-executive Directors.
The appointment of each
Non-executive Director has been confirmed by an individual letter
of appointment which includes a one month notice provision. The
Non-executive Directors do not have service contracts or any
benefits-in-kind arrangements and do not receive any
performance-related remuneration.
Stakeholder engagement
During the past year we have
received feedback on remuneration from certain key shareholders
through Non-executive Board member engagement. There is also
an avenue for communication and feedback through our corporate
broker relationships.
During the year we undertook an
employee engagement survey to understand the key drivers of
engagement for our people. Results from the survey, which
included feedback to defined and open questions, were then explored
and debated further during employee feedback sessions where we
encouraged open and honest debate. During these sessions, our
approach to remuneration was discussed in more
detail. Feedback from those sessions
was relayed to both the Executive Committee and the Board and has
informed priorities for our action planning and Culture
programme.
Directors' Remuneration for Financial Year
2023/24
The following information,
including the table below, includes audited information.
Name
|
Salary
and fees
|
Pension
|
Cash
Bonus
|
Deferred
Bonus2
|
Other
3
|
Aggregate
|
Aggregate
|
|
2024
|
2024
|
2024
|
2024
|
2024
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£
|
£
|
£
|
£
|
£
|
£
|
£
|
Executive Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Graham Sheward (CEO)
|
250,000
|
25,000
|
-
|
-
|
1,729
|
276,729
|
434,228
|
Thomas Morfett (CFO)
|
150,000
|
18,750
|
33,750
|
33,750
|
1,377
|
237,627
|
31,053
|
Non-executive Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marc Polonsky
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jose Ribeiro
|
59,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,000
|
Philip Kay
|
105,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
77,500
|
David Peach
|
80,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
80,000
|
Christine Theodorovics
1
|
27,115
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,180
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
985,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 Christine Theodorovics -
resigned 29th February 2024
2 The deferred bonus is awarded in
shares and deferred for a period of 3 years prior to
vesting.
3 "Other" includes healthcare
benefits.
Annual Bonus for Executive Directors for Financial Year
2023/24
For financial year 2023/24 the
CEO's performance was not assessed due to his decision to retire as
disclosed on 2nd August 2024.
Share awards accrued to date under
the deferred bonus scheme will vest on 31st December
2024.
The Committee conducted as
assessment of the CFO's performance against his objectives for
2023/24. Objectives related to the achievement of the
Company's principal strategic objectives with a focus on strategic
projects, leadership, expenses and IFRS profit. They determined
that the formulaic outcome of the assessment was 90% of the maximum
and that this outcome was justified. Accordingly, the
Committee agreed to apply a figure of 45% of base salary, 50%
awarded in cash (£33,750) and 50% in shares deferred for 3 years
under the deferred bonus scheme.
Executive management deferred bonus scheme
awards
In addition to the Executive
Directors, the remaining members of the Executive Committee also
participate in the deferred bonus scheme. This scheme
resulted in the award of £0.2m worth of shares which are deferred
for a period of 3 years.
Directors' interests in share capital
The following information,
presented in the table below, includes audited
information.
There are currently no
requirements for any Director to have a shareholding in the
Company. The Company also does not have a policy for
post-employment shareholding requirements.
The Polonsky Foundation (a UK
Registered Charity of which Dr Polonsky and Marc Polonsky are among
the trustees) has a beneficial interest in 8,547,708 shares in the
Company's share capital, or 6.2% (2023: 6.2%).
The table set out below shows the
beneficial interests of other Directors and their spouses in the
Company's share capital, at 30 June 2024 and at 30 June
2023.
Number of shares
|
Direct
|
Indirect
|
Total
2024
|
Direct
|
Indirect
|
Total
2023
|
Executive Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Graham Sheward
|
19,766
|
-
|
19,766
|
17,000
|
-
|
17,000
|
Thomas Morfett
|
74,899
|
-
|
74,899
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Non-executive Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Philip Kay
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Jose Ribeiro
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Marc
Polonsky1
|
7,800,000
|
-
|
7,800,00
|
7,800,000
|
-
|
7,800,000
|
David Peach
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Christine Theodorovics
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
1 Direct holdings
include shares held by spouse.
There have been no other
significant changes in these holdings between the balance sheet
date and the date of this report.
The Committee will continue to
consider whether it may be appropriate to introduce guidelines for
executive Directors' shareholdings in the future and will do so in
connection with the introduction of any new long-term incentive
plan operating over the Company's shares. This will include
consideration of a policy for post-employment shareholding
requirements.
Directors' salaries and fees for the financial year ending 30
June 2025
The following table sets out the
salary and fee levels approved by the Remuneration Committee for
the year ending 30 June 2025 for each Director, as agreed by the
Board. There have been no changes in relation to non-salary
benefits applicable to any Director.
Name
|
Salary and Fees
2025
|
|
£
|
Executive Directors
|
|
Thomas Morfett (CEO &
CFO)
|
250,000
|
Non-executive Directors
|
|
Marc Polonsky
|
50,000
|
Jose
Ribeiro1
|
63,000
|
Philip
Kay2
|
120,000
|
David Peach3
|
80,000
|
Noel Harwerth4
|
50,000
|
Total
|
|
1 The amount for
Jose Ribeiro includes additional fees in relation to his position
as Chair of the Remuneration Committee and as SID.
2 The amount for
Philip Kay includes additional fees in relation to his position as
Chair of the Board and Chair of Hansard Europe dac.
3 The amount for
David Peach includes additional fees in relation to his position as
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee and Directorship (and Chair
of the Audit Committee) of Hansard Europe dac. He is also a
Director of Hansard Administration Services Limited.
4 The amount for
Noel Harwerth will be pro-rated from her appointment date of 23
September 2024.
Bonus and incentive arrangements
for 2025 for Thomas Morfett are outlined in the Review of Incentive
Provision 2024 earlier in this report.
Compliance with Code
As mentioned above, the Company
has not fully complied with provision 36 of the Code in the
following respect:
· The
Company does not currently have a policy for post-employment
shareholding requirements.
Jose Ribeiro
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
25 September 2024
Requirements of Rule 9.8.4R of the Listing
Rules
The following table provides
references to where the information required by Listing Rule 9.8.4R
is disclosed.
Listing Rule requirement
|
Location in annual report
|
A statement of the amount of
interest capitalised during the period under review and details of
any related tax relief.
|
Not applicable
|
Information required in relation
to the publication of unaudited financial information.
|
Not applicable
|
Details of any long-term incentive
schemes.
|
Report of the Remuneration
Committee, pages 76 to 82
|
Details of any arrangements under
which a Director has waived emoluments, or agreed to waive any
future emoluments, from the company.
|
Report of the Remuneration
Committee, pages 76 to 82
|
Details of any non-pre-emptive
issues of equity for cash.
|
No such share
allotments
|
Details of any non-pre-emptive
issues of equity for cash by any unlisted major subsidiary
undertaking.
|
Not applicable
|
Details of any contract of
significance in which a Director is or was materially
interested.
|
Not applicable
|
Details of any contract of
significance between the company (or one of its subsidiaries) and a
controlling shareholder.
|
Directors' Report, pages 34 to
38
|
Details of waiver of dividends by
a shareholder.
|
Not applicable
|
Board statement in respect of
relationship agreement with the controlling shareholder.
|
Report of the Remuneration
Committee, pages 76 to 82
|
Details of any contract for the
provision of services to the Company or any of its subsidiary
undertakings by a controlling shareholder, subsisting during the
period under review.
|
Not applicable
|
Independent Auditor's Report to the Members of Hansard Global
plc
Our opinion is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of
Hansard Global plc ("the Company") and its subsidiaries (together,
the 'Group') which comprise the consolidated balance sheet and
parent company balance sheet as at 30 June 2024, the
consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity
and cash flows and parent company statements of changes in equity
and cash flows for the year then ended, and related notes,
comprising material accounting policies and other explanatory
information.
In our opinion,
· the
financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial
position of the Group's and of the Company's affairs as at 30 June
2024, and of the Group's profit for the year then ended;
· the
Group financial statements have been properly prepared in
accordance with UK- Adopted International Accounting Standards;
· the
Company financial statements have been properly prepared in
accordance with UK Accounting Standards including FRS 102 The
Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of
Ireland; and
· the
financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with
the requirements of the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with
International Standards on Auditing (UK) ("ISAs (UK)") and
applicable law. Our responsibilities are described below. We have
fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and are independent
of, the Company and Group in accordance with UK ethical
requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as required by the
Crown Dependencies' Audit Rules and Guidance. We believe that the
audit evidence we have obtained is a sufficient and appropriate
basis for our opinion.
Key audit matters: our assessment of the
risks of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our
professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of
the financial statements and include the most significant assessed
risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud)
identified by us, including those which had the greatest effect on:
the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. In
arriving at our audit opinion above, the key audit matters, in
decreasing order of significance for the financial statements were
as follows:
Our application of materiality and an
overview of the scope of our audit
Materiality for the Group financial statements as a
whole was set at £297K (2023: £300K), determined with reference to
a benchmark of Group profit before tax. Materiality for the Company
financial statements as a whole was set at £178K (2023: £150K),
determined with reference to the allocated Group materiality as
above, of which it represents 60% (2023: 50%).
In line with our audit methodology, our procedures on
individual account balances and disclosures were performed to a
lower threshold, performance materiality, so as to reduce to an
acceptable level the risk that individually immaterial
misstatements in individual account balances add up to a material
amount across the financial statements as a whole. Performance
materiality was set at 75% (2023: 75%) of materiality for the
financial statements as a whole, which equates to £222K (2023:
£225K) for the Group and £134K (2023: £112K) for the Company.
In addition, we have set a higher materiality at
£10,200K (2023: £10,000K) solely for the purpose of identifying and
evaluating the effect of misstatements that lead to a
reclassification between line items within the policyholder assets
and liabilities and associated income statement line items in the
Group financial statements, to the extent that any such balances
offset and have no net impact on the shareholder's equity and
reserves. This has been determined in reference to 0.75% (2023:
0.75%) of total assets.
We reported to the Audit Committee any corrected or
uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £14.85K (2023: £15K)
for the Group and £8.9K (2023: £7.4K) for the Company, in addition
to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on
qualitative grounds. For certain financial statement
captions, as referred to above, any corrected or uncorrected
identified misstatements exceeding £510K (2023: £500K) have been
reported to the Audit Committee.
Our audit of the Group was undertaken to the
materiality level specified above, which has informed our
identification of significant risks of material misstatement and
the associated audit procedures performed in those areas as
detailed above.
The group team performed the audit of the Group as if
it was a single aggregated set of financial information. The audit
was performed using the materiality level set out above and covered
100% of total Group revenue, total Group profit before tax, and
total Group assets and liabilities.
Going concern
The directors have prepared the financial statements
on the going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the
Group or the Company or to cease their operations, and as they have
concluded that the Group and the Company's financial position means
that this is realistic. They have also concluded that there are no
material uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over
their ability to continue as a going concern for at least a year
from the date of approval of the financial statements (the "going
concern period").
In our evaluation of the directors' conclusions, we
considered the inherent risks to the Group and the Company's
business model and analysed how those risks might affect the Group
and the Company's financial resources or ability to continue
operations over the going concern period. The risks that we
considered most likely to affect the Group and the Company's
financial resources or ability to continue operations over this
period were:
· Availability of
capital to meet operating costs and other financial commitments;
and
· Availability of
capital to meet regulatory and solvency requirements.
We considered whether these risks could plausibly
affect the liquidity in the going concern period by comparing
severe, but plausible downside scenarios that could arise from
these risks individually and collectively against the level of
available financial resources indicated by the Group's and
Company's financial forecasts.
We considered whether the going concern disclosure in
note 1.4 to the Group financial statements gives a full and
accurate description of the directors' assessment of going
concern.
Our conclusions based on this work:
· we consider that the
directors' use of the going concern basis of accounting in the
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate;
· we have not
identified, and concur with the directors' assessment that there is
not, a material uncertainty related to events or conditions that,
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the
Group and the Company's ability to continue as a going concern for
the going concern period; and
· we have nothing
material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors'
statement in the notes to the financial statements on the use of
the going concern basis of accounting with no material
uncertainties that may cast significant doubt over the Group and
the Company's use of that basis for the going concern period, and
that statement is materially consistent with the financial
statements and our audit knowledge.
However, as we cannot predict all future events or
conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes that are
inconsistent with judgements that were reasonable at the time they
were made, the above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group
and the Company will continue in operation.
Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations -
ability to detect
Identifying and responding to risks of
material misstatement due to fraud
To identify risks of material misstatement due to
fraud ("fraud risks") we assessed events or conditions that could
indicate an incentive or pressure to commit fraud or provide an
opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk assessment procedures
included:
·
enquiring of management as to the Group's policies and procedures
to prevent and detect fraud as well as enquiring whether management
have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;
· reading
minutes of meetings of those charged with governance; and
· using
analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected
relationships.
As required by auditing standards and taking into
account possible incentives or pressures to misstate performance
and our overall knowledge of the control environment, we perform
procedures to address the risk of management override of controls
and the risk of fraudulent revenue recognition, and the risk that
management may be in a position to make inappropriate accounting
entries. We did not identify any additional fraud risks.
We performed procedures including:
·
identifying journal entries and other adjustments to test based on
risk criteria and comparing any identified entries to supporting
documentation;
·
incorporating an element of unpredictability in our audit
procedures and;
· those
set out in the revenue recognition key audit matter.
Identifying and responding to risks of
material misstatement due to non-compliance with laws and
regulations
We identified areas of laws and regulations that
could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the
financial statements from our sector experience and through
discussion with management (as required by auditing standards), and
from inspection of the Group's regulatory and legal correspondence,
if any, and discussed with management the policies and procedures
regarding compliance with laws and regulations. As the Group is
regulated, our assessment of risks involved gaining an
understanding of the control environment including the entity's
procedures for complying with regulatory requirements.
The Group and Company are subject to laws and
regulations that directly affect the financial statements including
financial reporting legislation and taxation legislation and we
assessed the extent of compliance with these laws and regulations
as part of our procedures on the related financial statement
items.
The Group and Company are subject to other laws and
regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could have a
material effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial
statements, for instance through the imposition of fines or
litigation or impacts on the Group and the Company's ability to
operate. We identified financial services regulation as being the
area most likely to have such an effect, recognising the regulated
nature of the Group's activities and its legal form. Auditing
standards limit the required audit procedures to identify
non-compliance with these laws and regulations to enquiry of
management and inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence,
if any. Therefore, if a breach of operational regulations is not
disclosed to us or evident from relevant correspondence, an audit
will not detect that breach.
Context of the ability of the audit to detect
fraud or breaches of law or regulation
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there
is an unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some material
misstatements in the financial statements, even though we have
properly planned and performed our audit in accordance with
auditing standards. For example, the further removed non-compliance
with laws and regulations is from the events and transactions
reflected in the financial statements, the less likely the
inherently limited procedures required by auditing standards would
identify it.
In addition, as with any audit, there remains a
higher risk of non-detection of fraud, as this may involve
collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or
the override of internal controls. Our audit procedures are
designed to detect material misstatement. We are not responsible
for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be expected to
detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.
Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other
information. The other information comprises the information
included in the annual report but does not include the financial
statements and our auditor's report thereon. Our opinion on the
financial statements does not cover the other information and we do
not express an audit opinion or any form of assurance conclusion
thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial
statements, our responsibility is to read the other information
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is
materially inconsistent with the financial statements, or our
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be
materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other
information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing
to report in this regard.
Disclosures of emerging and principal risks
and longer-term viability
We are required to perform procedures to identify
whether there is a material inconsistency between the directors'
disclosures in respect of emerging and principal risks and the
viability statement, and the Group financial statements and our
audit knowledge. We have nothing material to add or draw attention
to in relation to:
· the directors'
confirmation within the longer-term viability statement (page 38)
that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and
principal risks facing the Group, including those that would
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or
liquidity;
· the emerging and
principal risks disclosures describing these risks and explaining
how they are being managed or mitigated; and
· the directors'
explanation in the longer-term viability statement (page 38) as to
how they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period
they have done so and why they consider that period to be
appropriate, and their statement as to whether they have a
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period
of their assessment, including any related disclosures drawing
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.
We are also required to review the longer-term
viability statement, set out on page 38 under the Listing Rules.
Based on the above procedures, we have concluded that the above
disclosures are materially consistent with the Group financial
statements and our audit knowledge.
Corporate governance disclosures
We are required to perform procedures to identify
whether there is a material inconsistency between the directors'
corporate governance disclosures and the Group financial statements
and our audit knowledge.
Based on those procedures, we have concluded that
each of the following is materially consistent with the Group
financial statements and our audit knowledge:
• the
directors' statement that they consider that the annual report and
Group financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and
understandable, and provides the information necessary for
shareholders to assess the Group's position and performance,
business model and strategy;
• the
section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit
Committee, including the significant issues that the Audit
Committee considered in relation to the financial statements, and
how these issues were addressed; and
• the
section of the annual report that describes the review of the
effectiveness of the Group's risk management and internal control
systems.
We are required to review the part of Corporate
Governance Statement relating to the Company's compliance with the
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified by the
Listing Rules for our review. We have nothing to report in this
respect.
We have nothing to report on other matters on
which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following
matters where the Companies Acts 1931 to 2004 require us to report
to you if, in our opinion:
· proper
books of account have not been kept by the Company and proper
returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches
not visited by us; or
· the
Company financial statements are not in agreement with the books of
account and returns; or
· certain
disclosures of Directors' remuneration specified by law are not
made; or
· we have
not received all the information and explanations we require for
our audit.
Respective responsibilities
Directors' responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on
page 39, the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the
financial statements including being satisfied that they give a
true and fair view; such internal control as they determine is
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or
error; assessing the Group and Company's ability to continue as a
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going
concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless
they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do
so.
Auditor's responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue
our opinion in an auditor's report. Reasonable assurance is a high
level of assurance, but does not guarantee that an audit conducted
in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or
error and are considered material if, individually or in aggregate,
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial
statements.
A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the
FRC's website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.
The purpose of this report and restrictions
on its use by persons other than the Company's members as a
body
This report is made solely to the Company's members,
as a body, in accordance with section 15 of the Companies Act
1982. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might
state to the Company's members those matters we are required to
state to them in an auditor's report and for no other purpose. To
the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company's
members, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the
opinions we have formed.
Nicholas Quayle
Responsible Individual
For and on behalf of KPMG Audit LLC
Chartered Accountants and Recognised Auditors
Heritage Court
41 Athol Street
Douglas
Isle of Man IM1 1LA
25 September 2024
|
|
Financial results
under
UK Adopted International
Accounting Standards
For the year
ended
30 June
2024
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive
Income
for the year ended 30 June 2024
|
|
|
|
Year ended
|
Year
ended
|
|
|
30 June
|
30
June
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
Notes
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees and commissions
|
5
|
48.8
|
45.7
|
|
|
|
|
Investment income
|
6
|
119.5
|
44.5
|
|
|
|
|
Other operating income
|
|
0.8
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
169.1
|
91.7
|
|
|
|
|
Change in provisions for
investment contract liabilities
|
17
|
(114.4)
|
(40.6)
|
|
|
|
|
Origination costs
|
7
|
(16.1)
|
(16.2)
|
|
|
|
|
Administrative and other
expenses
|
8
|
(33.3)
|
(29.0)
|
|
|
(163.8)
|
(85.8)
|
Profit before taxation
|
|
5.3
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
|
Taxation
|
10
|
(0.1)
|
(0.2)
|
Profit and total comprehensive income for the
year
|
|
|
|
after taxation
|
|
5.2
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
Note
|
|
(p)
|
(p)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
11
|
|
3.8
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
11
|
|
3.8
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The notes on pages 98 to 132 form
an integral part of these financial statements.
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 30 June 2024
|
|
Share
|
Other
|
Retained
|
|
|
|
capital
|
reserves
|
earnings
|
Total
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
At 1 July 2022
|
68.8
|
(48.3)
|
1.7
|
22.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit and total comprehensive
income for the
|
-
|
-
|
5.7
|
5.7
|
year after taxation
|
|
|
|
|
Share based payment
reserve
|
-
|
(0.2)
|
-
|
(0.2)
|
Transactions with owners
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
-
|
-
|
(5.9)
|
(5.9)
|
At 30 June 2023
|
68.8
|
(48.5)
|
1.5
|
21.8
|
|
|
Share
|
Other
|
Retained
|
|
|
|
capital
|
reserves
|
earnings
|
Total
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
At 1 July 2023
|
68.8
|
(48.5)
|
1.5
|
21.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit and total comprehensive
income for the
|
-
|
-
|
5.2
|
5.2
|
year after taxation
|
|
|
|
|
Share based payment
reserve
|
-
|
(0.1)
|
-
|
(0.1)
|
Transactions with owners
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
-
|
-
|
(6.1)
|
(6.1)
|
At 30 June 2024
|
68.8
|
(48.6)
|
0.6
|
20.8
|
The notes on pages 98 to 132 form
an integral part of these financial statements.
Consolidated Balance Sheet
As at 30 June 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
30 June
2024
|
30 June
2023
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
13
|
23.2
|
19.9
|
Property, plant and
equipment
|
13
|
2.6
|
2.8
|
Deferred origination
costs
|
14
|
112.1
|
117.8
|
|
|
|
|
Financial investments
Measured at fair value:
|
|
|
|
Equity
securities
|
3
|
78.9
|
52.0
|
Investments in
collective investment schemes
|
3
|
937.5
|
915.5
|
Fixed income
securities, bonds and structured
notes
|
3
|
70.6
|
63.3
|
Measured at amortised cost:
Deposits and money market
funds
|
3
|
1,087.0
88.2
|
1,030.8
90.2
|
|
|
|
|
Other receivables
|
15
|
6.3
|
4.9
|
Cash and cash
equivalents
|
16
|
47.9
|
52.2
|
Total assets
|
|
1,367.3
|
1,318.6
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
Financial liabilities under
investment contracts
|
17
|
1,150.9
|
1,101.5
|
Deferred income
|
18
|
140.2
|
144.8
|
Amounts due to investment contract
holders
|
17
|
39.3
|
36.6
|
Other payables
|
19
|
15.6
|
13.8
|
Provisions
|
20
|
0.5
|
0.1
|
Total liabilities
|
|
1,346.5
|
1,296.8
|
Net assets
|
|
20.8
|
21.8
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders' equity
|
|
|
|
Called up share capital
|
22
|
68.8
|
68.8
|
Other reserves
|
23
|
(48.6)
|
(48.5)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
0.6
|
1.5
|
Total shareholders' equity
|
|
20.8
|
21.8
|
The notes on pages 98 to 132 form
an integral part of these financial statements.
The financial statements on pages
94 to 97 were approved by the Board on 25 September 2024 and signed
on its behalf by:
Thomas Morfett
David
Peach
Director
Director
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended 30 June 2024
|
|
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow from operating activities
|
|
|
|
Profit before tax for the
year
|
5.3
|
5.9
|
|
Adjustments for:
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
1.0
|
1.1
|
|
Dividends receivable
|
(5.4)
|
(4.7)
|
|
Dividends received
|
5.4
|
4.7
|
|
Interest receivable
|
(4.7)
|
(3.0)
|
|
Interest received
|
4.2
|
3.0
|
|
Foreign exchange losses
|
-
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
Increase in other
receivables
|
(0.9)
|
(0.6)
|
|
Decrease in deferred origination
costs
|
5.8
|
4.7
|
|
(Decrease) in deferred
income
|
(4.5)
|
(0.4)
|
|
Increase / (decrease) in
creditors
|
4.9
|
(1.7)
|
|
(Increase) in financial
investments
|
(54.2)
|
(11.7)
|
|
Increase in financial
liabilities
|
49.4
|
9.1
|
|
Cash flow from operations
|
6.3
|
7.4
|
|
Corporation tax paid
|
(0.1)
|
(0.4)
|
|
Cash flow from operations after taxation
|
6.2
|
7.0
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
Investment in intangible
assets
|
(3.7)
|
(6.6)
|
|
Investment in property, plant and
equipment
|
(0.2)
|
-
|
|
Proceeds from sale of property,
plant and equipment
Purchase of investments
|
-
(0.2)
|
0.4
(0.1)
|
|
Cash flows used in investing activities
|
(4.1)
|
(6.3)
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
(6.1)
|
(5.9)
|
|
Principal elements of leased
liabilities
|
(0.2)
|
(0.4)
|
|
Cash flows used in financing activities
|
(6.3)
|
(6.3)
|
|
Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
(4.2)
|
(5.6)
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of year
|
52.2
|
58.9
|
|
Effect of exchange rate
movements
|
(0.1)
|
(1.1)
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at year end
|
47.9
|
52.2
|
|
Notes to the consolidated financial
statements
1
General Information
Hansard Global plc ("the Company")
is a limited liability company, incorporated in the Isle of Man
under the Isle of Man Companies 1931 to 2004, whose shares are
publicly traded. The principal activity of the Company is to act as
the holding company of the Hansard group of companies. The
activities of the principal operating wholly owned subsidiaries
include the transaction of life assurance business and related
activities. Hansard Europe was closed to
new business with effect from 30 June 2013. The principal
subsidiaries of the Company are as follows:
Company name
Incorporated
Activity
Hansard International Limited
Isle of Man
Life
Assurance
Hansard Worldwide Limited
The Bahamas
Life Assurance
Hansard Europe Designated Activity
Company Ireland
Life
Assurance
Hansard Administration Services
Limited Isle of Man
Administration Services
Hansard Development Services
Limited Isle of Man
Marketing and
Development Services
The registered office of the
Company is 55 Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man, IM99
1QL.
The Company has its primary
listing on the London Stock Exchange.
1.1 Principal accounting
policies
The principal accounting policies
adopted in the preparation of these consolidated financial
statements are set out below or, in the case of accounting policies
that relate to separately disclosed values in the primary
statements, within the relevant note to these consolidated
financial statements. These policies have been consistently
applied, unless otherwise stated.
1.2 Basis of
presentation
The consolidated financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with UK Adopted
International Accounting Standards ("IFRSs"), International
Financial Reporting Standards Interpretations Committee ("IFRSIC")
interpretations, the Isle of Man Insurance Act 2008, and with the
Isle of Man Companies Acts 1931 to 2004. The financial statements
have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified
by the revaluation of financial investments and financial
liabilities at fair value through profit or loss. The Group has
applied all International Financial Reporting Standards adopted by
the United Kingdom and effective at 30 June 2024.
The Group underwrites an
immaterial amount of insurance business. Management has undertaken
an assessment of the impact of accounting for this business as
investment business rather than insurance business and concluded
that this would not have a material impact on the financial
statements. This assessment has been refreshed to consider the
impact of IFRS 17, and management have not changed their conclusion
that accounting for the business as investment business would not
have a material impact on the financial statements. Management will
keep this assessment under review, and should the outcome change in
future the Group accounting treatment will be reassessed. As a
result, IFRS17 has not been applied to these financial
statements.
The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make
judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application
of policies and reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of
revenue and expenses during the reporting year. The estimates and
associated assumptions are based on historical experience and
various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the
circumstances. Actual results may differ from these
estimates.
The estimates and underlying
assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to
accounting estimates are recognised in the year in which the
estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year or in
the year of the revision and future years if the revision affects
both current and future years.
The areas involving a higher
degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and
estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements,
are disclosed in note 2.
Except where otherwise stated, the
financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, the
functional currency of the Company, rounded to the nearest one
hundred thousand pounds.
The following new standards,
amendments and interpretations are in issue but not yet effective.
They have not been adopted early by the Group and the impact on the
financial statements is being assessed:
·
Amendments to the classification and measurement
of financial instruments (amendments to IFRS 7 and IFRS 9) -
effective from 1 January 2026
·
Presentation and disclosure in financial
statements (IFRS18) - effective from 1 January 2027
·
Subsidiaries without public accountability (IFRS
19) - effective from 1 January 2027
There are no other standards,
amendments or interpretations to existing standards that are not
yet effective, that would have a material impact on the Group's
reported results.
1.3
Basis of consolidation
The Group's financial statements
consolidate those of the parent company and all its subsidiaries as
at 30 June 2024.
All transactions between Group
companies are eliminated on consolidation between Group companies.
Amounts reported in the financial statements of subsidiaries have
been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the
accounting policies adopted by the Group.
1.4
Going concern
Risk Based Solvency Capital, the
Group's capital position is strong and well in excess of regulatory
requirements. The long-term nature of the Group's business results
in considerable recurring cash inflows arising from existing
business. The Directors believe that the Group is well placed to
manage its business risks successfully.
The Directors are satisfied that
the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue to
operate as a going concern for the foreseeable future and have
prepared the consolidated financial statements on that
basis.
In making this statement, the
Directors have reviewed financial forecasts that include plausible
downside scenarios as a result of the ongoing geopolitical position
and global economic conditions. These show the Group continuing to
generate profit over the next 12 months and that the Group has
sufficient cash reserves to enable it to meet its obligations as
they fall due.
The Directors expect the
acquisition of new business will continue to be challenging.
The impact of this however is not immediate to the Group's
profit and cash flows and therefore allows for longer term
adjustments to operations and the cost base. Long periods of
lower new business, or indeed lower AuA, would be addressed by
reducing the cost base and, where necessary, the dividend
paid.
The following factors are
considered as supportive to the Group's resilience to external
market and economic challenges:
·
The Group's business model focuses on long term
savings products, a majority of which are regular premium paying
products which continue to receive cash inflows regardless of the
amount of new business sold.
·
The Group earns approximately a third of its
revenues from asset-based income which is not immediately dependent
on sourcing new business. Initial fees in respect of new business
are broadly offset by initial commissions, limiting the impact of
any reduction in new business.
·
New business channels are geographically
dispersed and therefore less exposed to specific regional
challenges.
·
The largest expense associated with new business
is commission expenditure which reduces directly in line with
reduced sales.
·
The Group has and continues to the date of this
report to have, a strong capital position with significant levels
of liquidity and cash.
·
The business has demonstrated operational
resilience in being able to operate remotely from its offices
without any material impact to processing and servicing levels.
Its control environment continued to operate effectively
during this time.
·
The Group places the majority of its shareholder
assets into conservative, highly-liquid, highly rated bank deposits
and money market funds. These are typically not subject to
price fluctuation and protect the Group's assets against potential
market volatility; and
·
The Group has no borrowings.
2
Critical
accounting estimates and
judgements in applying
accounting policies
Estimates, assumptions, and
judgements are used in the application of accounting policies in
these financial statements. Critical accounting estimates are those
which involve the most complex or subjective judgements or
assessments. Estimates, assumptions, and judgements are evaluated
continually and are based on historical experience and other
factors, including expectations of future events that are believed
to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual outcomes may
differ from assumptions and estimates made by
management.
2.1 Accounting estimates and
assumptions
The principal areas in which the
Group applies accounting estimates are the amortisation of deferred
origination costs and deferred income, the recoverability of
deferred origination costs, the useful life of intangible assets,
and the fair value of investments.
2.1.1 Amortisation of deferred origination
costs and deferred income
Deferred origination costs and
deferred income are amortised on a straight-line basis over the
estimated life of the underlying investment contract. Estimates are
determined based on an analysis of recent experience. The estimate
life is between 7 and 15 years depending on the product type.
Certain contracts are amortised on actual life.
2.1.2 Recoverability of deferred origination
costs
Formal reviews to assess the
recoverability of deferred origination costs on investment
contracts are carried out at each balance sheet date to determine
whether there is any indication of impairment based on the
estimated future income levels.
If, based upon a review of the
remaining contracts, there is any indication of irrecoverability or
impairment, the contract's recoverable amount is re-estimated.
Impairment losses are reversed through the consolidated statement
of comprehensive income if there is a change in the estimates used
to determine the recoverable amount. Such losses are reversed only
to the extent that the contract's carrying amount does not exceed
the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of
amortisation where applicable, if no impairment loss had been
recognised.
2.1.3 Fair value of financial
investments
Where the Directors determine that
there is no active market for a particular financial instrument,
fair value is assessed using valuation techniques based on
available relevant information and an appraisal of all associated
risks as detailed in note 3.
2.1.4 Intangible assets
The carrying amount, residual
value and useful economic life of the Group's computer software is
reviewed annually to determine whether there is any indication of
impairment, or a change in residual value or expected useful life.
If there is any indication of impairment, the asset's carrying
value is revised.
2.2 Judgements
The primary areas in which the
Group has applied judgement in applying accounting policies are as
follows:
·
to determine whether a
provision or contingent liability is required in respect of any
pending or threatened litigation, which is addressed in note 20 and
note 26.
·
to determine the type of
expenses that are treated as origination costs to be deferred.
Any other expenses are expensed as incurred.
3
Financial risk management
Risk management objectives and risk
policies
The Group's objective in the
management of financial risk is to minimise, where practicable, its
exposure to such risk, except when necessary to support other
objectives. The Group seeks to manage risk
through the operation of unit-linked business whereby the contract
holder bears the financial risk. In addition, shareholder assets
are invested in highly rated investments.
Overall responsibility for the
management of the Group's exposure to risk is vested in the Board.
To support it in this role, the Group ERM Framework is in place
comprising risk identification, risk assessment, control and
reporting processes. Additionally, the Board and the Boards of
subsidiary companies have established a number of Committees with
defined terms of reference. These are the Audit and Risk, Executive
and Investment Committees. Additional information concerning the
operation of the Board Committees is contained in the Corporate
Governance section of this Annual Report.
The main significant financial
risks to which the Group is exposed are set out below. For each
category of risk, the Group determines its risk appetite and sets
its investment, treasury and associated policies
accordingly.
3.1 Market risk
This is the risk that the fair
value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate
because of changes in market prices, analysed between price,
interest rate and currency risk. The Group
adopts a risk averse approach to market risk, with a stated policy
of not actively pursuing or accepting market risk except where
necessary to support other objectives. However, the Group accepts
the risk that the fall in equity or other asset values, whether as
a result of price falls or strengthening of sterling against the
currencies in which contract holder assets are denominated, will
reduce the level of annual management charge income derived from
such contract holder assets and the risk of lower future
profits.
Sensitivity analysis to market risk
The Group's business is
unit-linked, and the direct associated market risk is therefore
borne by contract holders (although there is a secondary impact as
shareholder income is dependent upon the fair value of contract
holder assets). Other financial assets and liabilities held outside
of contract holder unitised funds primarily consist of units in
money market funds, cash and cash equivalents, and other assets and
liabilities. Cash held in unitised money market funds and at bank
is valued at par and is unaffected by movements in interest rates.
Other assets and liabilities are similarly unaffected by market
movements.
As a result of these combined
factors, the Group's financial assets and liabilities held outside
unitised funds are not materially subject to market risk, and
movements at the reporting date in interest rates and equity values
have an immaterial impact on the Group's profit after tax and
equity. Future revenues from annual management charges may be
affected by movements in interest rates, foreign currencies and
equity values. The Group does not control the asset selection
strategy as assets are chosen by the contract holders.
(a) Price risk
Unit linked funds are exposed to
securities price risk as the investments held are subject to prices
in the future which are uncertain. The fair value of financial
assets (designated at fair value through profit or loss) exposed to
price risk at 30 June 2024 was £1,087.0m (2023: £1,030.8m). In the
event that investment income is affected by price risk then there
will be an equal and opposite impact on the value of the changes in
provisions for investment contract liabilities in the same
accounting period.
An overall change in the market
value of the unit-linked funds would affect the annual management
charges accruing to the Group since these charges, which are
typically 1% per annum, are based on the market value of contract
holder assets under administration. The approximate impact on the
Group's profits and equity of a 10% change in fund values, either
as a result of price, interest rate or currency fluctuations, is
£1.6m (2023: £1.6m).
(b) Interest rate
risk
Interest rate risk is the risk
that the Group is exposed to lower returns or loss as a direct or
indirect result of fluctuations in the value of, or income from,
specific assets arising from changes in underlying interest
rates.
The Group is primarily exposed to
interest rate risk on the balances that it holds with credit
institutions and in money market funds.
Taking into account the proportion
of Group funds held on longer-term, fixed-rate deposits,
a change of 1% per annum in interest rates will
result in an increase or decrease of approximately £0.6m (2023:
£0.6m) in the Group's annual investment income and
equity.
A summary of the Group's liquid
assets at the balance sheet date is set out in note 3.2.
(c) Currency
risk
Currency risk is the risk that the
Group is exposed to higher or lower returns as a direct or indirect
result of fluctuations in the value of, or income from, specific
assets and liabilities arising from changes in underlying exchange
rates.
(c) (i) Group foreign
currency exposures
The Group is exposed to currency
risk on the foreign currency denominated bank balances, contract
fees receivable and other liquid assets that it holds to the extent
that they do not match liabilities in those currencies. The Group
receives 85% (2023: 87%) of premiums in US Dollars and settles the
majority of expenses in Sterling. The impact of currency risk
is minimised by
regular conversion of excess foreign currency funds to sterling.
The Group does not hedge foreign currency cash flows.
At the balance sheet date, the
Group had exposures in the following currencies:
|
2024
|
2024
|
2024
|
2023
|
2023
|
2023
|
|
US$m
|
€m
|
¥m
|
US$m
|
€m
|
¥m
|
Gross assets
|
20.1
|
10.6
|
303.6
|
23.2
|
11.1
|
255.0
|
Matching currency
liabilities
|
(24.7)
|
(12.7)
|
(593.8)
|
(20.5)
|
(10.4)
|
(285.0)
|
Uncovered currency
exposures
|
(4.6)
|
(2.1)
|
(290.2)
|
2.7
|
0.7
|
(30.3)
|
Sterling equivalent
(£m)
|
(3.6)
|
(1.8)
|
(1.4)
|
2.1
|
0.5
|
(0.2)
|
The approximate effect on profit
before tax of a 5% change: in the value of US dollars to sterling
is £0.2m (2023: £0.1m); in the value of the euro to sterling is
less than £0.1m (2023: less than £0.1m); and in the value of the
yen to sterling is less than £0.1m (2023: less than
£0.1m).
(c) (ii) Financial
investments by currency
Certain fees and commissions are
earned in currencies other than sterling, based on the value of
financial investments held in those currencies from time to
time.
The sensitivity of the Group to
the currency risk inherent in investments held to cover financial
liabilities under investment contracts is incorporated within the
analysis set out in (a) above.
At the balance sheet date, the
analysis of financial investments by currency denomination is as
follows, US dollars: 75% (2023: 71%); euro: 5% (2023: 8%);
sterling: 19% (2023: 20%); other: 1% (2023: 1%).
3.2 Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that the
Group is exposed to lower returns or loss if another party fails to
perform its financial obligations to the Group. The Group has adopted a risk
averse approach to such risk and has a stated policy of not
actively pursuing or accepting credit risk except when necessary to
support other objectives.
The clearing and custody
operations for the Group's security transactions are mainly
concentrated with one broker, namely Capital International Limited,
a member of the London Stock Exchange. At 30 June 2024 and 2023,
substantially all contract holder cash and cash equivalents,
balances due from investment brokers and financial investments are
placed in custody with Capital International Limited.
These operations are detailed in a formal
contract that incorporates notice periods and a full exit
management plan. Delivery of services under the contract is
monitored by a dedicated relationship manager against a documented
Service Level Agreement and Key Performance Indicators.
The Group has an exposure to
credit risk in relation to its deposits with credit institutions,
its investments in unitised money market funds and its investment
in a bond portfolio. To manage these risks, deposits and the bond
portfolio are placed in accordance with established policy, with
credit institutions having a short-term rating of at least F1 or P1
from Fitch IBCA and Moody's respectively and a long-term rating of
at least A or A3. Investments in unitised money market funds are
made only where such fund is AAA rated. Additionally,
maximum counterparty exposure limits are set both
at an individual subsidiary company level and on a Group-wide
basis.
These assets are considered to
have a high degree of credit worthiness and no assets of a lower
credit worthiness are held. The following table sets out
information about the credit quality of the Group's deposits with
credit institutions and its investments in unitised money market
funds.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Deposits and cash with credit
institutions and investments in unitised money market
funds
|
|
(Based on Standards & Poor's ratings)
AAA
AA- to AA+
A- to A+
|
29.3
1.6
16.1
|
26.3
6.0
10.8
|
Total deposits
|
47.0
|
43.1
|
AA- to AA+
|
-
|
0.3
|
A- to A+
|
18.0
|
22.0
|
Total cash at bank
|
18.0
|
22.3
|
Group cash and deposits
|
65.0
|
65.4
|
|
|
|
|
Credit risk for financial assets
held at amortised cost is recognised using an expected credit loss
model. The model splits financial assets
into those which are performing, underperforming and non-performing
based on changes in credit quality since initial recognition. At
initial recognition financial assets are considered to be
performing. They become underperforming where there has been a
significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, and
non-performing when there is objective evidence of impairment.
Twelve months of expected credit losses are recognised in the
statement of comprehensive income and netted against the financial
asset in the statement of financial position for all performing
financial assets, with lifetime expected credit losses recognised
for underperforming and non-performing financial assets.
Trade receivables are designated
as having no significant financing component. The Group
applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit
losses for trade receivables by using a lifetime expected loss
allowance.
Expected credit losses are based
on the historic levels of loss experienced for the relevant
financial assets, with consideration given to forward looking
information. The following table sets out
the movement in expected credit losses.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
At 1 July
|
1.9
|
1.8
|
Credit loss charges in the
year
|
0.6
|
0.1
|
At 30 June
|
2.5
|
1.9
|
At the balance sheet date, an
analysis of the Group's cash and deposit balances was as
follows:
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Longer term deposits with credit
institutions
|
17.1
|
13.2
|
Cash and cash equivalents under
IFRS
|
47.9
|
52.2
|
|
65.0
|
65.4
|
3.3 Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that
the Group, though solvent, does not have sufficient financial
resources to enable it to meet its obligations as they fall due, or
can only secure them at excessive cost.
The Group's objective is to ensure
that it has sufficient liquidity over short-term (up to one year)
and medium-term time horizons to meet the needs of the business.
This includes liquidity to cover, amongst other things, new
business costs, planned strategic activities, servicing of equity
capital as well as working capital to fund day-to-day cash flow
requirements.
Liquidity risk is principally
managed in the following ways:
·
Assets of a suitable marketability are held to
meet contract holder liabilities as they fall due.
·
Forecasts are prepared regularly to predict
required liquidity levels over both the short-term and
medium-term.
The Group's exposure to liquidity
risk is considered to be low since it maintains a high level of
liquid assets to meet its liabilities.
3.3.1 Undiscounted contractual maturity
analysis
Set out below is a summary of the
undiscounted contractual maturity profile of the Group's
assets.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Maturity within 1 year
|
|
|
Shareholder deposits and money
market funds
|
65.0
|
65.4
|
Other shareholder
assets
|
6.4
|
4.8
|
|
71.4
|
70.2
|
Maturity from 1 to 5 years
|
|
|
Other shareholder
assets
|
2.1
|
-
|
|
2.1
|
-
|
Shareholder assets with maturity values within 5
years
|
73.5
|
70.2
|
Other shareholder assets (no
defined maturity profile)
|
142.7
|
146.9
|
Total shareholder assets
|
216.2
|
217.1
|
Policyholder assets
|
|
|
Gross assets held to cover
financial liabilities under investment contracts
|
1,150.9
|
1,101.5
|
Total assets
|
1,367.1
|
1,318.6
|
There is no significant difference
between the value of the Group's assets on an undiscounted basis
and the balance sheet values.
Assets held to cover financial
liabilities under investment contracts are deemed to have no fixed
maturity since the corresponding unit-linked liabilities are
repayable and transferable on demand. In certain circumstances the
contractual maturities of a portion of the assets may be longer
than one year, but the majority of assets held within the
unit-linked funds are highly liquid. The Group actively monitors
fund liquidity.
Set out below is a summary of the
undiscounted contractual maturity profile of the Group's
liabilities.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Maturity within 1 year
|
|
|
Amounts due to investment contract
holders
|
39.4
|
36.6
|
Other payables
|
13.0
|
11.1
|
Provisions
|
0.5
|
0.1
|
|
52.9
|
47.8
|
Maturity from 1 to 5 years
|
|
|
Other payables
|
2.5
|
2.7
|
|
2.5
|
2.7
|
Liabilities with maturity values
within 5 years
|
55.4
|
50.5
|
Other liabilities (no defined
maturity profile)
|
140.1
|
144.8
|
Shareholder liabilities
|
195.5
|
195.3
|
Maturity within 1 year
|
|
|
Financial liabilities under
investment contracts
|
37.0
|
43.4
|
Maturity from 1 to 5 years
|
|
|
Financial liabilities under
investment contracts
|
310.6
|
209.0
|
Maturity greater than 5 years
|
|
|
Financial liabilities under
investment contracts
|
803.3
|
849.1
|
Financial liabilities under investment
contracts
|
1,150.9
|
1,101.5
|
Total liabilities
|
1,346.4
|
1,296.8
|
There is no significant difference
between the value of the Group's liabilities on an undiscounted
basis and the balance sheet values.
Financial liabilities under
investment contracts with a contractual maturity are deemed to
repayable and transferable on demand and have not been discounted
in the balance sheet.
3.4 Insurance risk
Insurance risk is the risk of loss
arising from actual experience being different than that assumed
when an insurance product was designed and priced. For the Group,
the key insurance risks are lapse risk, expense risk and mortality
risk. However, the size of insurance risk is not deemed to be
materially significant. From an accounting perspective all
contracts have been classified as investment contracts.
3.4.1 Lapse risk
A key risk for investment
contracts is policyholder behaviour risk in particular the risk
that contracts are surrendered, or significant cash withdrawals are
made before sufficient fees have been collected to cover up-front
commissions paid by the Group. The risk is mitigated by charging
penalties on the early surrender of contracts.
3.5 Classification and subsequent measurement of
financial assets and liabilities
The Group recognises deposits with
financial institutions and loans and borrowings on the date on
which they are originated. All other financial instruments are
recognised on the trade date, which is the date on which the Group
becomes a part to the contractual provisions of the
instrument.
A financial asset or financial
liability is initially measured at fair value plus, for a financial
asset or financial liability not measured at 'fair value through
profit and loss' ("FVTPL"), transaction costs that are directly
attributable to its acquisition or issue.
On initial recognition, a
financial asset is classified as measured at amortised cost, 'fair
value through other comprehensive income' ("FVOCI") or
FVTPL.
Financial assets are not
reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition. A financial
asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the
following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL:
·
It is held within a business model whose
objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows;
and
·
Its contractual terms give rise on specified
dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and
interest.
A financial asset is measured at
FVOCI if it meets both of the following conditions and is not
designated as at FVTPL:
·
It is held within a business model whose
objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and
selling financial assets; and
·
Its contractual terms give rise on specified
dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and
interest.
All financial assets not
classified as measured at amortised cost or FVOCI as described
above are measured at FVTPL. The classification of each financial
asset and liability is commented on within each respective
financial statement note. As at 30 June 2024 and 30 June 2023, only
financial assets measured at amortised cost and FVTPL are
held.
The subsequent measurement of each
class of financial assets is defined in the below table:
Class of asset
|
Subsequent measurement
|
Financial assets at
FVTPL
|
Measured at fair value. Net gains
and losses, including any interest or dividend income and foreign
exchange gains and losses, are recognised in profit or
loss.
|
Financial assets at amortised
cost
|
Measured at amortised cost using
the effective interest method. Interest income, foreign exchange
gains and losses and impairment are recognised in profit or loss.
Any gain or loss on derecognition is also recognised in profit or
loss.
|
On initial recognition, a
financial liability is designated as amortised cost or FVTPL. The
criteria for classification and subsequent measurement mirrors that
of the financial assets, albeit the classification of 'FVOCI' does
not exist for financial liabilities. Therefore, any liabilities
which do not meet the amortised cost classification criteria, are
designated as FVTPL.
3.6 Fair value of financial assets and
liabilities
The Group closely monitors the
valuation of assets in markets that have become less liquid.
Determining whether a market is active requires the exercise of
judgement and is determined based upon the facts and circumstances
of the market for the instrument being measured. Where the Directors determine that
there is no active market for a particular financial instrument,
for example where a particular collective investment scheme is
suspended from trading, fair value is assessed using valuation
techniques based on available, relevant, information and an
appraisal of all associated risks. When a collective investment
scheme recommences regular trading, the value would be transferred
back to Level 1. This process requires the exercise of significant
judgement on the part of Directors.
Due to the linked nature of the
contracts administered by the Group's insurance undertakings, any
change in the value of financial assets held to cover financial
liabilities under those contracts will result in an equal and
opposite change in the value of contract liabilities. The separate
effect on financial assets and financial liabilities is included in
investment income and investment contract benefits, respectively,
in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
IFRS 13 requires the Group to
classify fair value measurements into a fair value hierarchy by
reference to the observability and significance of the inputs used
in measuring that fair value. The hierarchy is as
follows:
·
Level 1: fair value is determined using quoted
prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical
assets.
·
Level 2: fair value is determined using inputs
other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are
observable for the asset either directly (i.e. as prices) or
indirectly (i.e. derived from prices).
·
Level 3: fair value is
determined using inputs for the asset that are not based on
observable market data (unobservable inputs).
The following table analyses the
Group's financial assets and liabilities at fair value through
profit or loss, at 30 June 2024:
|
Level 1
|
Level 2
|
Level 3
|
Total
|
Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
Equity securities
|
75.7
|
3.2
|
-
|
78.9
|
Collective investment
schemes
|
917.8
|
16.7
|
3.0
|
937.5
|
Fixed income securities, bonds and
structured notes
|
0.8
|
11.0
|
58.8
|
70.6
|
Total financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss
|
994.3
|
30.9
|
61.8
|
1,087.0
|
All other financial assets and
liabilities are designated as held at amortised cost which
approximates to fair value.
|
Level 1
|
Level 2
|
Level 3
|
Total
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
Deposit and money market
funds
|
88.2
|
-
|
-
|
88.2
|
Total financial assets at fair value through profit or
loss
|
1,082.5
|
10.6
|
70.5
|
1,175.2
|
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit
or loss
|
-
|
1,150.9
|
-
|
1,150.9
|
Financial liabilities at fair
value through profit or loss are classified as level 2 on the basis
that they relate to policies investing in financial assets at fair
value through profit and loss.
The following tables analyse the
Group's financial assets and liabilities at fair value through
profit or loss, at 30 June 2023:
|
Level 1
|
Level 2
|
Level 3
|
Total
|
Financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
Equity securities
|
52.0
|
-
|
-
|
52.0
|
Collective investment
schemes
|
899.3
|
10.9
|
5.3
|
915.5
|
Fixed income securities, bonds and
structured notes
|
1.2
|
10.0
|
52.1
|
63.3
|
Total financial assets at fair value through profit
or loss
|
952.5
|
20.9
|
57.4
|
1,030.8
|
|
Level 1
|
Level 2
|
Level 3
|
Total
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
Deposit and money market
funds
|
90.2
|
-
|
-
|
90.2
|
Total financial assets at fair
value through profit or loss
|
1,042.7
|
20.9
|
57.4
|
1,121.0
|
Financial liabilities
at fair value through profit or loss
|
-
|
1,101.5
|
-
|
1,101.5
|
During the year ended 30 June
2024, £0.4m of bond investments were transferred from Level 1 to
Level 2 following a review of their underlying valuation inputs.
A further £0.4m of similar assets were reclassified from
Level 3 to Level 2 as a result of the same classification review,
reflecting that the value of these assets were based on observable
market data and changes to the details of the security. All
other notable movements between investment levels have been
detailed below in the reconciliation between opening and closing
balances of Level 3 assets.
Valuation techniques and significant unobservable
inputs
The following tables show the
valuation techniques used in measuring Level 2 and Level 3 fair
values for financial instruments in the statement of financial
position, as well as the significant unobservable inputs
used.
Type
|
Valuation technique
|
Significant unobservable input
|
Sensitivity to changes in unobservable
inputs
|
Suspended assets £3.0m (2023:
£5.3m)
|
Latest available information
including or such as net asset values (NAV) or other communication
received
|
Discount factor (5%) and
NAV
|
If the NAV was higher/lower, the
fair value would be higher/lower.
If the discount factor was
higher/lower, the fair value would be lower/higher.
|
Bonds and structured
notes
Level 2: £11.0m (2023:
£10.0m)
Level 3: £58.8m (2023:
£52.0m)
|
Market comparison/ discounted cash
flow: The fair value is estimated considering:
(i) current or recent quoted
prices for identical securities in markets that are not active;
and
(ii) a net present value
calculated using discount rates which are determined with reference
to observable market transactions in instruments with substantially
the same terms and characteristics including credit quality, the
remaining term to repayments of the principal and the currency in
which the payments are made.
|
Level 2: Not
applicable.
Level 3:
Underlying volatility
|
Level 2: Not
applicable.
Level 3:
Significant increases/ decreases
in this input in isolation would result in a higher or lower fair
value
|
Level 3 sensitivity to changes in unobservable
measurements
For financial assets assessed as
Level 3, based on its review of the prices used, the Company
believes that any reasonable change to the unobservable inputs used
to measure fair value would not result in a significantly higher or
lower fair value measurement at year end, and therefore would not
have a material impact on its reported results.
Significant unobservable inputs
are developed as follows:
Underlying Volatility
In the absence of implied
volatility until the maturity and moneyness of the instrument, the
best estimate is the use of extrapolated implied volatility or
historical volatility. The inputs used are derived against other
independent valuation sources and the reasonableness of the
assumptions is evaluated as part of the process.
The reconciliation between opening
and closing balances of Level 3 assets are presented in the table
below:
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Opening balance
|
|
57.4
|
50.6
|
|
Unrealised gains /
(losses)
|
|
(2.3)
|
(6.5)
|
|
Transfers into level 3
|
|
1.1
|
1.6
|
|
Transfers out of level
3
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
Purchases, sales, issues, and
settlements
|
|
5.6
|
11.7
|
|
Closing balance
|
|
61.8
|
57.4
|
4
Segmental information
Disclosure of operating segments
in these financial statements is consistent with reports provided
to the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM") which, in the case
of the Group, has been identified as the Executive Committee of
Hansard Global plc.
In the opinion of the CODM, the
Group operates in a single reportable segment, that of the
distribution and servicing of long-term investment products. New
business development, distribution, and associated activities in
relation to the Republic of Ireland ceased with effect from 30 June
2013. All other activities of the Group are continuing.
The Group's Executive Committee
uses two principal measures when appraising the performance of the
business: net issued compensation credit ("NICC") (weighted where
appropriate by product line) and expenses. NICC is a measure of the
value of new in-force business and top-ups on existing single
premium contracts. NICC is the total amount of basic initial
commission payable to intermediaries for business sold in a period
and is calculated on each piece of new business. It excludes
override commission paid to intermediaries over and above the basic
level of commission.
The following table analyses NICC
geographically and reconciles NICC to direct origination costs
incurred during the year as set out in the Business and Operating
Review section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Middle East and Africa
|
|
1.7
|
2.7
|
Latin America
|
|
2.1
|
2.4
|
Rest of World
|
|
1.7
|
0.5
|
Far East
|
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
Net Issued Compensation
Credit
|
|
5.6
|
5.7
|
Other commission costs paid to
third parties
|
|
3.2
|
3.4
|
Enhanced unit
allocations
|
|
0.9
|
1.0
|
Direct origination costs incurred
during the year
|
|
9.7
|
10.1
|
Revenues and expenses allocated to
geographical locations contained in sections 4.1 to 4.4 below
reflect the revenues and expenses generated in or incurred by the
legal entities in those locations.
4.1 Geographical analysis of fees and commissions by
origin
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Isle of Man
|
|
46.0
|
43.1
|
|
Republic of Ireland
|
|
2.2
|
2.1
|
|
The Bahamas*
|
|
0.6
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
48.8
|
45.7
|
* Hansard
Worldwide, which is based in the Bahamas, fully reinsures its
business to Hansard International. All external fees and
commissions for Hansard Worldwide are therefore presented within
the Isle of Man category. These amounted to £3.8m in 2024 (2023:
£3.2m). The fees shown in the table above in respect of The Bahamas
represent fees received by Hansard Worldwide from Hansard
International.
4.2 Geographical analysis of profit before
taxation
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Isle of Man
|
|
6.5
|
6.5
|
|
Republic of Ireland
|
|
(1.6)
|
(1.0)
|
|
The Bahamas
|
|
0.4
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
5.9
|
4.3 Geographical analysis of gross assets
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Isle of Man*
|
|
1,283.1
|
1,229.8
|
|
Republic of Ireland
|
|
82.5
|
87.0
|
|
The Bahamas
|
|
1.7
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
1,367.3
|
1,318.6
|
* Includes assets held in the Isle
of Man in connection with policies written in The Bahamas. As at 30
June 2023 these amounted to £240.6m (30 June 2023:
£178.5m).
4.4 Geographical analysis of gross
liabilities
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Isle of Man
|
|
1,033.8
|
1,043.8
|
|
Republic of Ireland
|
|
70.2
|
73.3
|
|
The Bahamas
|
|
242.5
|
179.7
|
|
|
|
1,346.5
|
1,296.8
|
5
Fees and commissions
Fees are charged to the contract
holders of investment contracts for contract administration
services, investment management services, payment of benefits and
other services related to the administration of investment
contracts. Fees may be chargeable on either a fixed fee basis, a
fee per transaction or as a percentage of assets under
administration. Fees are recognised as revenue as the services are
provided. Initial fees that exceed the level of recurring fees and
relate to the future provision of services are deferred in the
balance sheet and amortised on a straight-line basis over the life
of the relevant contract. These fees are accounted for on the issue
of a contract and on receipt of incremental premiums on existing
single premium contracts.
Regular fees charged to contracts
are recognised on
a straight-line basis over the period in which the service is
provided. Transactional fees are recorded when the required action
is complete.
Commissions receivable arise
principally from fund houses with which investments are held.
Commissions are recognised on an accruals basis in accordance
with the relevant agreement.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Contract fee income
|
30.6
|
28.1
|
Fund management charges
|
13.4
|
12.9
|
Commissions receivable
|
4.8
|
4.7
|
|
48.8
|
45.7
|
Fund management charges and
commissions receivable (37% of the total above (2023: 39%))
are a function of the level of assets under
administration.
6
Investment income
Investment income comprises
dividends, interest, and other income receivable, realised and
unrealised gains and losses on investments. Movements are
recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in
the period in which they arise. Dividends are accrued on the date
notified. Interest is accounted for on a time proportion basis
using the effective interest method.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Interest income
|
4.7
|
3.5
|
Dividend income
|
5.4
|
4.7
|
Gains on realisation of
investments
|
25.7
|
51.3
|
Movement in unrealised gains /
(losses)
|
83.7
|
(15.0)
|
|
119.5
|
44.5
|
7
Origination costs
Origination costs include
commissions, intermediary incentives, and other
distribution-related expenditure (note 2.2). Origination costs
which vary with, and are directly related to, securing new
contracts and incremental premiums on existing single premium
contracts are deferred to the extent that they are recoverable out
of future net income from the relevant contract. Deferred
origination costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over the
life of the relevant contracts. Typical terms range between 6 years and 16
years. Origination costs that do not
meet the criteria for deferral are expensed as incurred.
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Amortisation of deferred
origination costs
|
13.9
|
13.5
|
Other origination costs
|
2.2
|
2.7
|
|
16.1
|
16.2
|
8
Administrative and other
expenses
Included in administrative and
other expenses are the following:
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Auditors' remuneration:
|
|
|
|
- Fees payable for audit
services
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
0.7
|
- Fees payable for audit related
services
|
|
|
|
pursuant to
legislation
|
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
- Fees payable for non -audit
services
|
|
-
|
-
|
Employee costs (see note
9)
|
|
11.5
|
10.3
|
Directors' fees
|
|
0.4
|
0.4
|
Fund management fees
|
|
5.1
|
5.3
|
Renewal and other commission
|
|
0.9
|
0.9
|
Professional and other
fees
|
|
4.8
|
4.2
|
Litigation fees and
settlements
|
|
2.2
|
1.5
|
Credit loss allowance
|
|
-
|
0.1
|
Licences and maintenance
fees
|
|
4.1
|
2.4
|
Insurance costs
|
|
0.9
|
0.9
|
Depreciation of property, plant
and equipment
|
|
1.0
|
1.1
|
Communications
|
|
0.2
|
0.2
|
9
Employee costs
The Group provides a range of
benefits to employees, including annual bonus arrangements, paid
holiday arrangements and defined contribution pension
plans.
Short term benefits, including
holiday pay and other similar non-monetary benefits, are recognised
as an expense in the period in which the service is
received.
The Group pays fixed pension
contributions on behalf of its employees (defined contribution
plans). Once the contributions have been paid the Group has no
further payment obligations. The contributions are recognised as an
expense when they are due. Amounts not paid are shown in accruals
in the balance sheet. The assets of the plan are held separately
from the Group in independently administered funds.
The Group operates an annual bonus
plan for employees. An expense is recognised in the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income when the Group has a legal or
constructive obligation to make payments under the plan as a result
of past events and a reliable estimate of the obligation can be
made.
9.1 The aggregate
remuneration in respect of employees (including sales employees and
executive Directors) was as follows:
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Wages and salaries
|
|
10.3
|
9.7
|
Social security costs
|
|
1.0
|
0.8
|
Contributions to pension
plans
|
|
1.0
|
1.0
|
|
|
12.3
|
11.5
|
Total salary and other employee
costs for the year are incorporated within the following
classifications:
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Administrative and other
expenses
|
11.5
|
10.3
|
Origination costs
|
|
0.8
|
1.2
|
|
|
12.3
|
11.5
|
The above information includes
Directors' remuneration (excluding Non-executive Directors'
fees).
9.2 The
average number of employees during the year was as
follows:
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
No.
|
No.
|
Administration
|
|
124
|
119
|
Distribution and
marketing
|
|
14
|
18
|
IT development
|
|
44
|
50
|
|
|
182
|
187
|
10 Taxation
Taxation is based on profits and
income for the period as determined with reference to the relevant
tax legislation in the countries in which the Company and its
subsidiaries operate. Tax payable is calculated using tax rates
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance
sheet date. Tax is recognised in the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income except to the extent that it relates to items
recognised in equity. Tax on items relating to equity is recognised
in equity.
The corporation tax expense for
the Group for 2024 was £0.1m (2023: £0.2m). Corporation tax
is charged on any profits arising at the following rates depending
on location of the company or branch:
Isle of Man
0% (2023:
0%)
Republic of Ireland
12.5% (2023: 12.5%)
Japan branch
23.2% (2023: 23.2%)
Labuan
24%
(2023: 24%)
The Bahamas
0% (2023: 0%)
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Current year tax
provisions
|
0.1
|
0.2
|
Adjustment to prior year tax
provisions
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
0.1
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
No deferred tax asset is currently
being recorded in relation to losses arising in Hansard
Europe.
There is no material difference
between the current tax charge in the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income and the current tax charge that would result
from applying standard rates of tax to the profit before
tax.
The OECD's Pillar II global
minimum tax, based on the Global Anti-Base Erosion (GloBE) Model
Rules, is not expected to have an impact on the Group, as the
Group's total revenue is less than €750m.
11 Earnings per share
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
Profit after tax (£m)
|
|
5.2
|
5.7
|
Weighted average number of shares
in issue (millions)
|
|
137.6
|
137.6
|
Basic and diluted earnings per share in
pence
|
|
3.8
|
4.1
|
The Directors believe that there
is no material difference between the weighted average number of
shares in issue for the purposes of calculating either basic or
diluted earnings per share. Earnings under either measure is 3.8p
per share (2023: 4.1p).
12 Dividends
Interim dividends payable to
shareholders are recognised in the year in which the dividends are
paid. Final dividends payable are recognised as liabilities when
approved by the shareholders at the Annual General
Meeting.
The following dividends have been
paid by the Group during the year:
|
|
Per share
|
Total
|
Per
share
|
Total
|
|
|
2024
|
2024
|
2023
|
2023
|
|
|
p
|
£m
|
p
|
£m
|
Final dividend in respect of
previous
|
|
|
|
|
|
financial year
|
|
2.65
|
3.6
|
2.65
|
3.5
|
Interim dividend in respect of
current
|
|
|
|
|
|
financial year
|
|
1.80
|
2.5
|
1.80
|
2.4
|
|
|
4.45
|
6.1
|
4.45
|
5.9
|
The Board has resolved to pay a
final dividend of 2.65p per share on 14 November 2024, subject to
approval at the Annual General Meeting, based on shareholders on
the register on 4 October 2024.
13 Intangible assets and property, plant and
equipment
Intangible Assets
The historical cost of computer
software is the purchase cost and the direct cost of internal
development. Computer software is recognised as an intangible
asset.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Intangible assets
|
23.2
|
19.9
|
Amortisation is calculated so as
to amortise the cost of intangible assets, less their estimated
residual values, on a straight-line basis over the expected useful
economic lives of the assets concerned and is included in
administration and other expenses in the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income.
The economic lives used for this
purpose are:
Computer software
|
3 to 15
years
|
The increase in computer software
relates to capitalised costs associated with the development of a
replacement policy administration system. Following the
migration of the Group's policyholder book to the new system,
amortisation commenced on 1st March 2024.The asset will
be amortised over 15 years based on management's assessment of the
useful economic life of the asset.
|
|
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
Computer software
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Costs as at 1 July
|
|
|
|
20.7
|
14.1
|
Capitalised additions
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
6.6
|
Cost as at 30 June
|
|
|
24.5
|
20.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortisation at 1
July
|
|
|
(0.8)
|
(0.7)
|
Charge for the year
|
|
|
(0.5)
|
(0.1)
|
Accumulated amortisation as at 30
June
|
|
|
(1.3)
|
(0.8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Book Value
|
|
|
23.2
|
19.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The cost of computer software
includes £13.3m of externally generated costs (2023: £11.2m) and
£9.8m of internally generated costs (2023: £8.7m). £1.1m of
amortisation currently relates to externally generated costs (2023:
£0.8m) and £0.2m relates to internally generated costs (2023:
£Nil)
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment
includes both tangible fixed assets and 'right of use assets'
recognised in accordance with IFRS 16 'Leases'.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Property, plant and
equipment
|
0.5
|
0.4
|
Right of use assets
|
2.1
|
2.4
|
|
2.6
|
2.8
|
Property, plant and equipment is
stated at historical cost less depreciation and any impairment. The
historical cost of property, plant and equipment is the purchase
cost, together with any incremental costs directly attributable to
the acquisition.
Depreciation is calculated so as
to amortise the cost of tangible assets, less their estimated
residual values, on a straight-line basis over the expected useful
economic lives of the assets concerned and is included in
administration and other expenses in the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income.
The economic lives used for this
purpose are:
Freehold property
|
50
years
|
Computer equipment
|
3 to 5
years
|
Fixtures & fittings
|
4
years
|
Right of use assets are
depreciated over the useful life of the lease.
|
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
Property plant and equipment
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Cost as at 1 July
|
|
|
10.3
|
10.7
|
Additions
|
|
|
0.2
|
-
|
Disposals
|
|
|
|
(0.4)
|
Cost as at 30 June
|
|
10.5
|
10.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated depreciation as at 1
July
|
|
(9.9)
|
(9.9)
|
|
Charge for the year
|
|
(0.1)
|
-
|
|
Accumulated depreciation as at 30
June
|
|
(10.0)
|
(9.9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Book Value
|
|
0.5
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IFRS 16 - Leases
The right-of-use assets for
property leases are measured at an amount equal to the lease
liability adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued
lease payments recognised immediately before the date of initial
application, being the commencement date. The liabilities are
measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments,
discounted using an incremental borrowing rate. The weighted
average incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities
on 30 June 2024 was 7% (2023: 7%).
The Group leases various offices
around the world to service its clients and operations. Rental
contracts are typically made for periods of 1 to 15 years,
incorporating break clauses where applicable. Lease terms are
negotiated on an individual basis and contain differing terms and
conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any
covenants.
In determining the lease terms
utilised in assessing the position under IFRS 16, management
considers break clauses in leases, where appropriate. No potential
future outflows exist on leases beyond the break clause (2023:
£nil). During the prior year the Group made the decision to change
their position on the likelihood of exercising the break clause for
the leases at the Group's head office. The previous position
assumed that these break clauses would be exercised. The Group now
believes that the terms of the leases have become more favorable in
the current high inflation environment, as well as the amount spent
on infrastructure at the property means it is likely that the
leases will continue past their break clause. As a result,
the company recognised additions of £0.9m in both the right-of-use
asset and lease liability as at 30 June 2023.
Leases (other than those
classified as short-term leases or leases of low-value assets) are
recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at
the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the
Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and a
finance cost. The finance cost is charged over the lease period so
as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining
balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is
depreciated over the shorter of the asset's useful life and the
lease term on a straight-line basis.
Short-term leases (those with a
lease term or useful life of less than 12 months at inception) and
leases of low value assets (comprising IT-equipment and small items
of office furniture) are recognised on a straight-line basis as an
expense in administration and other expenses in the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income.
The recognition of the
right-of-use asset represents an increase in the property, plant
and equipment figure of £2.1m (30 June 2023: £2.4m). Lease
liabilities relating to the right-of-use asset are included within
other payables. The interest recognised on the lease
liabilities in respect of the right of use asset was £0.1m (30 June
2023: £0.1m).
During the year ended 30 June
2021, the Group entered into a sub-lease for part of a building
that is reported as a right-of-use asset. The group has classified
the sub-lease as an operating lease, as it does not transfer
substantially all of the risks and rewards incidental to the
ownership of the sub-let asset. During the year ending 30 June
2024, the Group recognised rental income of less than £0.1m (2023:
less than £0.1m).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Right of use asset recognised 1
July
|
|
|
2.4
|
1.9
|
Additions during the
period
|
|
|
-
|
0.9
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
(0.3)
|
(0.4)
|
Net book value of right of use
asset as at 30 June
|
|
2.1
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lease liability recognised 1
July
|
|
2.9
|
2.3
|
|
Additions during the
period
|
|
-
|
0.9
|
|
Lease payments made during the
period
|
|
(0.4)
|
(0.4)
|
|
Interest on leases
|
|
0.2
|
0.1
|
|
Lease liability recognised as at
30 June
|
|
2.7
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of which are:
|
|
|
|
|
Current lease liabilities
|
|
0.2
|
0.2
|
|
Non-current lease liabilities
|
|
2.5
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14 Deferred origination costs
Amortisation of deferred
origination costs is charged within the origination costs line in
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
Formal reviews to assess the
recoverability of deferred origination costs on investment
contracts are carried out at each balance sheet date to determine
whether there is any indication of impairment. If there is any
indication of irrecoverability or impairment, the asset's
recoverable amount is estimated. Impairment losses are reversed
through the consolidated statement of comprehensive income if there
is a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable
amount. Such losses are reversed only to the extent that the
asset's carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that
would have been determined, net of amortisation where applicable,
if no impairment loss had been recognised.
The amount of deferred origination
costs amortised each year is determined by the estimated lives of
the Group's products (note 2). Reducing the estimated life of the
total portfolio by 1 year would increase the annual amortisation
for the next financial year by £1.3m. Increasing the estimated life
of the total portfolio by 1 year would reduce the annual
amortisation for the next financial year by £1.1m. Offsetting
movements would also arise in deferred income as outlined in note
18.
The movement in value over the
financial year is summarised
below.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
At beginning of financial
year
|
117.8
|
122.5
|
Origination costs incurred and
deferred during the year
|
8.2
|
8.7
|
Origination costs amortised during
the year
|
(13.9)
|
(13.4)
|
At end of financial
year
|
112.1
|
117.8
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
Carrying value
|
£m
|
£m
|
Expected to be amortised within
one year
|
11.6
|
11.9
|
Expected to be amortised after one
year
|
100.5
|
105.9
|
|
112.1
|
117.8
|
15 Other receivables
Other receivables are initially
recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised
cost, less any provision for impairment.
|
|
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
Commission receivable
|
|
|
1.4
|
1.4
|
|
Other debtors
|
|
|
3.7
|
2.3
|
|
Prepayments
|
|
|
1.2
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
4.9
|
Estimated to be settled within 12
months
|
|
6.3
|
4.9
|
Estimated to be settled after 12
months
|
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
6.3
|
4.9
|
Due to the short-term nature of
these assets the carrying value is considered to reflect fair
value.
16 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include
cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, and other
short-term highly liquid investments with a minimal cost to be
converted to cash, typically with original maturities of three
months or less, net of short-term overdraft positions where a right
of set-off exists. In the below table, Money market funds includes
all immediately available cash, other than specific short-term
deposits.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Money market funds and call bank
deposits
|
47.3
|
46.8
|
Short-term deposits with credit
institutions
|
0.6
|
5.4
|
|
47.9
|
52.2
|
Cash and cash equivalents are
recognised on receipt prior to investment to contract holder
funds.
17 Financial liabilities under investment
contracts
17.1 Investment contract liabilities, premiums and benefits
paid
17.1.1 Investment contract
liabilities
Investment contracts consist of
unit-linked contracts written through subsidiary companies in the
Group. Unit-linked liabilities are measured at fair value by
reference to the underlying net asset value of the Group's unitised
investment funds, determined on a bid basis, at the balance sheet
date.
The decision by the Group to
designate its unit-linked liabilities at fair value through profit
or loss is to eliminate a measurement inconsistency that would
otherwise arise from measuring the investments at FVTPL and the
contract liabilities at amortised cost.
17.1.2 Investment contract
premiums
Investment contract premiums are
not included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income
but are reported as deposits to investment contracts and are
included in financial liabilities in the balance sheet. On existing
business, a liability is recognised at the point the premium falls
due. The liability for premiums received on new business is deemed
to commence at the acceptance of risk.
17.1.3 Benefits paid
Withdrawals from policy contracts
and other benefits paid are not included in the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income but are deducted from financial
liabilities under investment contracts in the balance sheet.
Benefits are deducted from financial liabilities and transferred to
amounts due to investment contract holders based on notifications
received, when the benefit falls due for payment or, on the earlier
of the date when paid or when the contract ceases to be included
within those liabilities.
17.2 Movement in financial liabilities under investment
contracts
The following table summarises the
movement in liabilities under investment contracts during the
year:
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Deposits to investment
contracts
|
108.3
|
116.3
|
Withdrawals from contracts and
charges
|
(173.3)
|
(147.7)
|
Change in provisions for
investment contract liabilities
|
114.4
|
40.6
|
Movement in year
|
49.4
|
9.2
|
At beginning of year
|
1,101.5
|
1,092.3
|
|
1,150.9
|
1,101.5
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Contractually expected to be
settled within 12 months
|
37.0
|
43.4
|
Contractually expected to be
settled after 12 months
|
1,113.9
|
1,058.1
|
|
1,150.9
|
1,101.5
|
The change in provisions for
investment contract liabilities includes
dividend and interest income and net realised and unrealised gains
and losses on financial investments held to cover financial
liabilities. Dividend income, interest income and gains and losses
are accounted for in accordance with note 6.
17.3 Investments held to cover liabilities under investment
contracts
The Group classifies its financial
assets into the following categories: financial investments and
trade receivables. Financial investments consist of units in
collective investment schemes, equity securities, fixed income
securities and deposits with credit institutions. Collective
investment schemes, equity securities and fixed income securities
are designated at fair value through profit or loss. Deposits with
credit institutions are designated at amortised cost.
The decision by the Group to
designate its financial investments at fair value through profit or
loss reflects the fact that the investment portfolio is managed,
and its performance evaluated, on a fair value basis.
The Group recognises purchases and
sales of investments on trade date. Investment transaction costs are written off in
administration expenses as incurred.
All gains and losses derived from
financial investments, realised or unrealised, are recognised
within investment income in the consolidated statement of
comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.
The value of financial assets at
fair value through profit or loss that are traded in active markets
(such as trading securities) is based on quoted market prices at
the balance sheet date. The quoted market price for financial
assets held by the Group is the current bid price. Investments in
funds are valued at the latest available net asset valuation
provided by the administrators or managers of the funds and
companies, unless the Directors are aware of good reasons why such
valuations would not be the most appropriate or indicative of fair
value. Where necessary, the Group uses other valuation methods to
arrive at the stated fair value of its financial assets, such as
recent arms' length transactions or reference to similar listed
investments.
Loans and receivables are
financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not
quoted on an active market. Loans and receivables consist,
primarily, of contract fees receivable, long-term cash deposits
(i.e. with an original maturity duration in excess of three months)
and cash and cash equivalents.
The following investments, other
assets and liabilities are held to cover financial liabilities
under investment contracts. They are included within the relevant
headings on the condensed consolidated balance sheet.
|
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Equity securities
|
78.9
|
52.0
|
Investments in collective
investment schemes
|
937.5
|
915.4
|
Fixed income securities, bonds and
structured notes
|
70.6
|
58.7
|
Deposits and money market
funds
|
64.3
|
77.4
|
Total assets
|
1,151.3
|
1,103.5
|
Other payables
|
(0.4)
|
(2.0)
|
Financial investments held to cover financial
liabilities
|
1,150.9
|
1,101.5
|
The other receivables and other
payables fair value approximates amortised cost.
17.4 Amounts due to investment contract
holders
Where financial liabilities under
investment contracts mature or are redeemed by contact holders,
such amounts payable are recorded as amounts due to investment
contract holders.
18 Deferred income
Fees charged for services related
to the management of investment contracts are recognised as revenue
as the services are provided. Initial fees which exceed the level
of recurring fees and relate to the future provision of services
are deferred. These are amortised over the anticipated period in
which services will be provided. The recognition of balances in the
deferred income reserve is based on actuarial assumptions regarding
the estimated life of each policy. These actuarial assumptions are
complex in nature and are subject to estimation uncertainty (note
2). The actuarial assumptions are reviewed regularly by the
Appointed Actuary.
The amount of deferred income
amortised each year is determined by the estimated lives of the
Group's products. Reducing the estimated life of the total
portfolio by 1 year would increase the annual amortisation for the
next financial year by £1.6m. Increasing the estimated life of the
total portfolio by 1 year would reduce the annual amortisation for
the next financial year by £1.4m. Offsetting movements would also
arise in deferred income as outlined in note 14.
The movement in value of deferred
income over the financial year is summarised below.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
At beginning of financial
year
|
144.8
|
145.1
|
Income received and deferred
during the year
|
12.7
|
16.5
|
Income amortised and recognised in
contract fees during the year
|
(17.3)
|
(16.8)
|
At end of financial
year
|
140.2
|
144.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
Carrying value
|
£m
|
£m
|
Expected to be amortised within
one year
|
15.0
|
15.1
|
Expected to be amortised after one
year
|
125.2
|
129.7
|
|
140.2
|
144.8
|
|
|
|
|
19 Other payables
Other payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently
measured at amortised cost. They are
recognised at the point where service is received but payment is
due after the balance sheet date.
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Commission payable
|
|
1.2
|
1.4
|
Other creditors and
accruals
|
|
11.7
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
|
Lease liabilities of
which:
|
|
|
|
Current lease liabilities
|
|
0.2
|
0.2
|
Non-current lease liabilities
|
|
2.5
|
2.7
|
|
|
15.6
|
13.8
|
20 Provisions
Provisions represent amounts to
settle a number of the claims referred to in Note 26 'Contingent
Liabilities' where it is economically beneficial to do so. Such
provisions are calculated where there is an established pattern of
settlement for that grouping of claims. The following table
reflects the movement in the provision during the period under
review.
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Settlement provision as at 1
July
|
|
0.1
|
0.2
|
Additional provisions made in the
period
|
|
0.4
|
-
|
Released from the provision for
settlements
|
|
-
|
(0.1)
|
Settlement provision as at 30 June
|
|
0.5
|
0.1
|
Further information outlined
within IAS 37.85 is not disclosed on the basis that it may
prejudice the Company's position.
With the exception of the lease
liabilities shown in note 13, deferred income, and the provisions
referred to above, all other payable balances, including amounts
due to contract holders, are deemed to be current. Due to the
short-term nature of these payables the carrying value is
considered to reflect fair value.
21 Capital management
It is the Group's policy to
maintain a strong capital base in order to:
·
satisfy the requirements of its contract holders,
creditors and regulators.
·
maintain financial strength to support new
business growth and create shareholder value.
·
match the profile of its assets and liabilities,
taking account of the risks inherent in the business;
and
·
generate operating cash flows to meet dividend
requirements.
Within the Group each subsidiary
company manages its own capital. Capital generated in excess of
planned requirements is returned to the Company by way of
dividends. Group capital requirements are monitored by the
Board.
The Company monitors capital on
two bases:
·
the total shareholder's equity, as per the
balance sheet; and
·
the capital requirement of the relevant
supervisory bodies, where subsidiaries are regulated.
The Group's policy is for each
company to hold the higher of:
·
the Company's internal assessment of the capital
required; or
·
the capital requirement of the relevant
supervisory body, where applicable.
There has been no material change
in the Group's management of capital during the period. The Group
continued to perform additional modelling around risks arising from
the current geopolitical position and global economic conditions,
and to give consideration to emerging market practice and
regulatory expectations around capital conservation. All
regulated entities within the Group exceed significantly the
minimum solvency requirements at the balance sheet
date.
The Group's lead regulator, the
Isle of Man FSA, monitors capital requirements for the Group as a
whole. The insurance subsidiaries are directly supervised by their
local regulators. The lead regulator's approach to the measurement
of capital adequacy is primarily based on monitoring the
relationship of the Solvency Capital Requirement ('SCR') to
regulatory capital. All regulated entities within the Group exceed
the minimum solvency requirements at the balance sheet date.
The capital held within Hansard Europe is considered not to
be available for dividend to Hansard Global plc until such time as
the legal cases referred to in note 26 are substantially
resolved.
22 Share capital
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Authorised:
|
|
|
|
200,000,000 ordinary shares of
50p
|
100.0
|
100.0
|
Issued and fully paid:
|
|
|
|
137,557,079 (2023: 137,557,079)
ordinary shares of 50p
|
68.8
|
68.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
No shares (2023: nil) were issued
or bought back in the year.
23 Other reserves
Other reserves comprise the merger reserve arising on the
acquisition by the Company of its subsidiary companies on 1 July
2005, the share premium account and the share save reserve. The
merger reserve represents the difference between the par value of
shares issued by the Company for the acquisition of those
companies, compared to the par value of the share capital and the
share premium of those companies at the date of
acquisition.
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Merger reserve
|
(48.5)
|
(48.5)
|
Share premium
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
Share save reserve
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
Reserve for own shares held within
EBT
|
(0.3)
|
(0.2)
|
|
(48.6)
|
(48.5)
|
Included within other reserves is
an amount representing 1,257,000 (2023: 557,000) ordinary shares
held by the Group's employee benefit trust ('EBT') which were
acquired at a cost of £0.5m (see note 24). The ordinary shares held
by the trustee of the Group's employee benefit trust are treated as
treasury shares in the consolidated balance sheet in accordance
with IAS 32 ''Financial Instruments: Presentation''.
This reserve arose when the Group
acquired equity share capital under its EBT, which is held in trust
by the trustee of the EBT. Treasury shares cease to be accounted
for as such when they are sold outside the Group, or the interest
is transferred in full to the employee pursuant to the terms of the
incentive plan.
24 Equity settled share-based
payments
The Company has established a
number of equity-based payment programmes for eligible employees.
The fair value of expected equity-settled share-based payments
under these programmes is calculated at date of grant using a
standard option-pricing model and is amortised over the vesting
period on a straight-line basis through the consolidated statement
of comprehensive income. A corresponding amount is credited to
equity over the same period.
At each balance sheet date, the
Group reviews its estimate of the number of options expected to be
exercised. The impact of any revision in the number of such options
is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income
so that the charge to the consolidated statement of comprehensive
income is based on the number of options that vest. A corresponding
adjustment is made to equity.
The estimated fair value of the
schemes and the imputed cost for the period under review is not
material to these financial statements.
24.1 SAYE program
This is a standard scheme approved
by the Revenue authorities in the Isle of Man that is available to
all employees where individuals may make monthly contributions over
three or five years to purchase shares at a price not less than 80%
of the market price at the date of the invitation to
participate.
At the date of this report, the
following options remain outstanding under each tranche:
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
No. of
|
No.
of
|
Scheme year
|
|
options
|
Options
|
2018
|
|
-
|
29,031
|
A summary of the transactions in
the existing SAYE programs during the year is as
follows:
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
average
|
|
Average
|
|
No. of
|
exercise
|
No.
of
|
Exercise
|
|
options
|
price (p)
|
options
|
price
(p)
|
Outstanding at the start of
year
|
29,031
|
62
|
78,779
|
65
|
Granted
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Exercised
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
Forfeited
|
(29,031)
|
62
|
(49,748)
|
66
|
Outstanding at end of
year
|
-
|
-
|
29,031
|
62
|
There were no new options granted
during the current financial year.
24.2 Incentive Plan Employee Benefit Trust
An Employee Benefit Trust was
established in February 2018 to hold shares awarded to employees as
an incentive on a deferred basis. Shares are granted under the
scheme at fair value, which is based on the market value of the
shares on that date. Shares granted under the scheme are
purchased by the Trust in the open market and held until vesting.
Awards made under the scheme would normally vest after three
years.
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
No. of
|
No.
of
|
Share Awards
|
|
Shares
|
Shares
|
Outstanding at start of
period
|
|
601,684
|
-
|
Granted
|
|
463,823
|
631,446
|
Forfeited
|
|
(64,608)
|
(29,762)
|
Vested
|
|
(74,899)
|
-
|
Outstanding at end of
period
|
|
926,000
|
601,684
|
The Trust has been funded by way
of a loan, and as at 30 June 2024 the outstanding balance on the
loan was £554,000 (30 June 2023: £199,000). As at 30 June 2024 the
Trust held 1,257,000 shares (2023: 557,000). 74,899 shares
vested during the year ended 30 June 2024 (2023: none) and have not
yet been transferred.
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
No. of
|
No.
of
|
Shares Held by the Trust
|
|
Shares
|
Shares
|
Outstanding at start of
period
|
|
557,000
|
12,000
|
Granted
|
|
700,000
|
545,000
|
Forfeited
|
|
-
|
-
|
Transferred following
vesting
|
|
-
|
-
|
Outstanding at end of
period
|
|
1,257,000
|
557,000
|
During the period the expense
arising from share-based payment transactions was £0.1m (2023:
£0.05m).
25 Related party transactions
25.1
Intra-group transactions
Various subsidiary companies
within the Group perform services for other Group companies in the
normal course of business. The financial results of these
activities are eliminated in the consolidated financial
statements.
25.2 Key management personnel
compensation
Key management consists of 21
individuals (2023: 20), being members of the Group's Executive
Committee, executive Directors of direct subsidiaries of the
Company and the Non-executive Directors of both the Group and
subsidiary companies.
The aggregate remuneration paid to
key management during the year-ended 30 June was as
follows:
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Short-term employee
benefits
|
2.1
|
2.5
|
Post-employment
benefits
|
0.3
|
0.2
|
Total
|
2.4
|
2.7
|
There were no outstanding amounts
as at 30 June 2024 (2023: nil).
The total value of investment
contracts issued by the Group and held by key management is nil
(2023: nil).
25.3 Transactions with controlling
shareholder
Dr L S Polonsky is regarded as the
controlling shareholder of the Group, as defined by the Listing
Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority. In the year ending 30 June 2024 there were no transactions
with Dr Polonsky (2023: nil).
25.4 Incentive Plan Employee Benefit
Trust
An Employee Benefit Trust was
established in February 2018 to hold shares awarded to employees as
an incentive on a deferred basis. The Trust has been funded by way
of a loan, and as at 30 June 2024 the outstanding balance on the
loan was £554,000 (30 June 2023: £199,000). As at 30 June 2024 the
Trust held 1,257,000 shares (2023: 557,000).
26 Contingent liabilities
26.1 Litigation
The Group does not and has never
given any investment advice. Investment decisions are taken either
by the contract holder directly or through a professional
intermediary appointed by the contract holder. Contract holders
bear the financial risk relating to the investments underpinning
their contracts, as the policy benefits are linked to the value of
the assets. Notwithstanding the above, financial services
institutions are frequently drawn into disputes in cases where the
value and performance of assets selected by or on behalf of
contract holders fails to meet their expectations. At the
balance sheet date, a number of fund structures remain affected by
liquidity or other issues that hinder their sales or redemptions on
normal terms with a consequent adverse impact on policy
transactions.
As reported previously, the Group
has been subject to a number of complaints in relation to the
selection and performance of assets linked to contracts. The
Group has been served with a number of writs arising from such
complaints and other asset-related issues. Most of the writs relate
to historic business written prior to the closure to new business
of Hansard Europe in 2013, with a minimal number relating to
Hansard International Limited. Most of the
cases have arisen in Italy, with a smaller number in Belgium and
Germany.
As at 30 June 2024, the Group had
been served with cumulative writs with a net exposure totalling
€23.8m, or £20.2m in sterling terms (30 June 2023: €26.1m / £22.4m)
arising from contract holder complaints and other asset
performance-related issues. The primary reason for the decrease in
contingent liabilities is due to a case with a potential exposure
of approximately £1.4m now considered to be remote and thus outside
the scope of a contingent liability, as well as a reduction in the
number of German cases.
During the year, the Group
successfully defended eight cases with net exposures of
approximately £1.3m, five of which may be appealed by the
plaintiffs (2023: successfully defended fifteen cases with net
exposures of £1.9m). These successes continue to affirm confidence
in the Group's legal arguments.
Our policy is to maintain
contingent liabilities even where we win cases in the court of
first instance if such cases have been subsequently
appealed.
We have previously noted that we
expect a number of our claims to ultimately be covered by our Group
insurance cover. During 2024 we recorded £0.7m (2023: £0.1m) in
total recoveries during the year in relation to costs paid by the
Group. We expect such reimbursement to continue during the course
of that litigation.
While it is not possible to
forecast or determine the final results of pending or threatened
legal proceedings, based on the pleadings and advice received from
the Group's legal representatives, the Directors believe that the
Group has strong defences to such claims. Notwithstanding this,
there may be circumstances where in order to avoid the expense and
distraction of protracted litigation the Board may consider it in
the best interests of the Group and its shareholders to reach a
commercial resolution with regard to certain of these
claims. Such cases totalled less than £0.4m (2023: less than
£0.1m) during the period. A provision of £0.5m (2023: £0.1m) has
been provided where based on past experience it is expected that
future settlements may be reached. Where an established pattern of
settlement is established for any grouping of claims, a provision
for expected future settlements is made in line with IAS 37. This
is outlined in Note 20.
It is not possible at this time to
make any further reliable estimates of liability.
Accordingly, no further provisions have been made
beyond those noted above.
Between 30 June 2024 and the date
of this report, there have been no material
developments.
26.2 Isle of Man Policyholders' Compensation
Scheme
The Group's principal subsidiary,
Hansard International is a member of the Isle of Man Policyholders'
Compensation Scheme governed by the Life Assurance (Compensation of
Policyholders) Regulations 1991. The objective of the Scheme is to
provide compensation for policyholders should an authorised insurer
be unable to meet its liabilities to policyholders. In the event of
a levy being charged by the Scheme members, Hansard International
would be obliged to meet the liability arising at the time. The
maximum levy payable in accordance with the regulations of the
Scheme in respect of the insolvency of the insurer is 2% of
long-term business liabilities. Hansard International's products
include a clause in their terms and conditions permitting it to
recover any monies paid out under the Scheme from contract
holders.
27 Foreign exchange rates
The Group's functional currency is
pounds sterling, being the currency of the primary economic
environment in which the Group operates. The Group's presentational
currency is also pounds sterling.
Foreign currency transactions are
translated into sterling using the applicable exchange rate
prevailing at the date of the transactions. Monetary assets and
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into
sterling at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet
date, and the gains or losses on translation are recognised in the
consolidated statement of comprehensive income.
Non-monetary assets and
liabilities that are held at historical cost are translated using
exchange rates prevailing at the date of transaction; those held at
fair value are translated using exchange rates ruling at the date
on which the fair value was determined.
The closing exchange rates used by
the Group for the conversion of significant consolidated balance
sheet items to sterling were as follows:
|
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
US Dollar
|
1.26
|
1.27
|
Japanese Yen
|
203
|
184
|
Euro
|
1.18
|
1.17
|
28 Events after the reporting
period
This report for the year ended 30
June 2024 was approved for issue on 25 September 2024. No material
events have occurred between the reporting date and the issue date
that require disclosure under IAS 10.
Hansard Global plc
Parent Company Statement of Changes in
Equity
for the year ended 30 June 2024
|
|
Share
|
Other
|
Retained
|
|
|
|
capital
|
reserves
|
earnings
|
Total
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
At 1 July 2022
|
68.8
|
0.2
|
15.4
|
84.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit and total comprehensive
income for the
|
|
|
|
|
year after taxation
|
-
|
-
|
6.2
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transactions with owners
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
-
|
-
|
(5.9)
|
(5.9)
|
At 30 June 2023
|
68.8
|
0.2
|
15.7
|
84.7
|
|
|
Share
|
Other
|
Retained
|
|
|
|
capital
|
Reserves
|
earnings
|
Total
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
At 1 July 2023
|
68.8
|
0.2
|
15.7
|
84.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
Profit and total comprehensive
income for the
|
-
|
-
|
5.2
|
5.2
|
year after taxation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transactions with owners
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
-
|
-
|
(6.1)
|
(6.1)
|
At 30 June 2024
|
68.8
|
0.2
|
14.8
|
83.8
|
The notes on pages 136 to 142 form
an integral part of these financial statements.
Hansard Global plc
Parent Company Balance Sheet
As
at 30 June 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
£m
|
£m
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
6
|
23.2
|
19.9
|
Property, plant and
equipment
|
7
|
0.3
|
0.4
|
Investment in subsidiary
companies
|
4
|
72.5
|
72.5
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents
|
|
2.4
|
0.1
|
Amounts due from subsidiary
companies
|
5
|
-
|
1.4
|
Other receivables
|
|
0.4
|
0.7
|
Total assets
|
|
98.8
|
95.0
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
Other payables
|
|
2.0
|
1.7
|
Amounts due to subsidiary
companies
|
5
|
13.0
|
8.6
|
Total liabilities
|
|
15.0
|
10.3
|
Net assets
|
|
83.8
|
84.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders' equity
|
|
|
|
Called up share capital
|
8
|
68.8
|
68.8
|
Share premium
|
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
Retained earnings
|
|
14.8
|
15.7
|
Share based payments
reserve
|
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
Total shareholders' equity
|
|
83.8
|
84.7
|
The notes on pages 136 to 142 form
an integral part of these financial statements.
The parent company financial
statements on pages 133 to 135 were approved by the Board on 25
September 2024 and signed on its behalf by:
Thomas Morfett
David Peach
Director
Director
Hansard Global plc
Parent Company Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended 30 June 2024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flow from operating activities
|
|
|
Profit before tax for the
year
|
5.2
|
6.2
|
Adjustments for:
|
|
|
Dividends received
|
(14.3)
|
(11.5)
|
Movement in share-based payments
reserve
|
-
|
-
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
|
|
|
Increase in amounts due to
subsidiaries
|
5.8
|
6.4
|
Decrease / (increase) in
debtors
|
0.3
|
(0.2)
|
(Decrease) in creditors
|
0.3
|
(0.4)
|
Cash flow (used in) / generated from
operations
|
(2.7)
|
0.5
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends received
|
14.3
|
11.5
|
Purchase of intangible
assets
|
(3.2)
|
(6.1)
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
11.1
|
5.4
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
(6.1)
|
(5.9)
|
Cash flows used in financing activities
|
(6.1)
|
(5.9)
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
2.3
|
-
|
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of year
|
0.1
|
0.1
|
Cash and cash equivalents at year end
|
2.4
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The notes on pages 136 to 142 form
an integral part of these financial statements.
Notes to the parent company financial
statements
1
General
information
Hansard Global plc ("the Company")
is a limited liability company, and is
incorporated and domiciled in the Isle of Man. The registered
office of the company is 55 Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man,
IM99 1QL. The Company is listed on the London Stock
Exchange.
The principal activity of the
Company is to act as the holding company of the Hansard group of
companies ("the Group").
The Company has its primary
listing on the London Stock Exchange
2
Significant accounting
policies
2.1 Basis of
preparation
The individual financial
statements of the Company have been prepared on a going concern
basis in compliance with United Kingdom Standards including
Financial Reporting Standard 102 'The
Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the United Kingdom and
the Republic of Ireland' ("FRS 102") and the Isle of Man Companies Acts
1931 to 2004. They are prepared under the historical cost
convention. In accordance with the provisions of the Isle of Man Companies Act 1982 the Company
has not presented its own profit and loss account. The Company's
profit for the year ended 30 June 2024, including dividends
received from subsidiaries, was £5.2m (2023: £6.2m).
The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with FRS 102 requires the use of certain
critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to
exercise judgement in the process of applying the accounting
policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or
complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are
significant to the financial statements are disclosed in note
3.
2.2 Investment
income
Investment income includes
interest and dividends. Interest is accounted for on an accruals
basis. Dividends are accrued on an ex-dividend basis.
2.3 Dividends
payable
Dividends payable to shareholders
are recognised in the year in which the dividends are approved.
These amounts are recognised in the statement of changes in
equity.
2.4 Revenue
recognition
Revenue is measured at the fair
value of the consideration received or receivable and represents
the amount receivable for services rendered net of returns,
discounts and rebates allowed by the Company, and value added
taxes.
Where the consideration receivable
in cash or cash equivalents is deferred, and the arrangement
constitutes a financing transaction, the fair value of the
consideration is measured as the present value of all future
receipts using the imputed rate of interest.
The Company recognises revenue
when the services are rendered, the amount of revenue can be
measured reliably, and it is probable that future economic benefits
will flow to the Company.
2.5 Employee
benefits
The Company provides a range of
competitive benefits to employees in line with local legislation
for the jurisdiction in which they are based. Our Head Office
proposition includes private health insurance with the option to
include family members, permanent health insurance, death in
service scheme, annual bonus arrangements, and non-contributory
pension plans which can be further enhanced via salary sacrifice
arrangements.
Short term benefits, including
holiday pay and other similar non-monetary benefits, are recognised
as an expense in the period in which the service is
received.
A defined contribution plan is a
pension plan under which the Company pays fixed contributions into
a separate entity. Once the contributions have been paid the
Company has no further payment obligations. The contributions are
recognised as an expense when they are due. Amounts not paid are
shown in accruals in the balance sheet. The assets of the plan are
held separately from the Company in independently administered
funds.
The Company operates an annual
bonus plan for employees. An expense is recognised in the profit
and loss account when the Company has a legal or constructive
obligation to make payments under the plan as a result of past
events and a reliable estimate of the obligation can be
made.
2.6 Investments in
subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiary
companies are held at cost, adjusted for any impairment.
2.7 Foreign
currencies
The Company's presentational and
functional currency is pounds sterling, being the currency of the
primary economic environment in which the Company
operates.
Foreign currency transactions are
translated into sterling using the approximate exchange rate
prevailing at the date of the transactions. Monetary assets and
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into
sterling at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet
date and the gains or losses on translation are recognised in the
profit and loss account.
2.8
Property, plant, and
equipment
Property, plant and equipment is
stated at historic purchase cost less accumulated
depreciation.
The cost of property, plant and
equipment is their purchase cost, together with any incidental
costs of acquisition. Depreciation is calculated so as to
write off the cost of tangible assets, less their estimated
residual values, on a straight-line basis over the expected useful
economic lives of the assets concerned. The principal rates
used for this purpose are:
Freehold property
|
50 years
|
Computer equipment
|
3 years
|
Fixtures and fittings
|
4 years
|
2.9
Intangible
assets
Intangible fixed assets are stated
at historic purchase cost less accumulated amortisation. The cost
of intangible assets is their purchase cost, together with any
incidental costs of acquisition. Amortisation is calculated
so as to write off the cost of intangible assets, less their
estimated residual values, on a straight-line basis over the
expected useful economic lives of the assets concerned. The
intangible asset represents a new suite of IT systems, brought into
use on 1 March 2024. Amortisation commenced from that date, with
the cost being amortised over 15 years, which is deemed to be the
useful economic life of the asset.
2.10 Cash and cash
equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include
cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, and other
short-term highly liquid investments with a minimal cost to be
converted to cash, typically with original maturities of three
months or less, net of short-term overdraft positions where a right
of set-off exists.
2.11 Financial
instruments
The Company has chosen to adopt
Sections 11 and 12 of FRS 102 in respect of financial
instruments.
(i) Financial assets
Basic financial assets, including
trade and other receivables, (i.e., debtors and amounts due from
group undertakings) and cash at bank, are initially recognised at
transaction price, unless the arrangement constitutes a financing
transaction, where the transaction is measured at the present value
of the future receipts discounted at a market rate of interest.
Such assets are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the
effective interest method.
At the end of each reporting
period financial assets measured at amortised cost are assessed for
objective evidence of impairment. If an asset is impaired the
impairment loss is the difference between the carrying amount and
the present value of the estimated cash flows discounted at the
asset's original effective interest rate. The impairment loss is
recognised in profit or loss.
If there is a decrease in the
impairment loss arising from an event occurring after the
impairment was recognised the impairment is reversed. The reversal
is such that the current carrying amount does not exceed what the
carrying amount would have been had the impairment not previously
been recognised. The impairment reversal is recognised in profit or
loss.
Financial assets are derecognised
when (a) the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset
expire or are settled, or (b) substantially all the risks and
rewards of ownership of the asset are transferred to another party
or (c) control of the asset has been transferred to another party
who has the practical ability to unilaterally sell the asset to an
unrelated third party without imposing additional
restrictions.
(ii) Financial
liabilities.
Basic financial liabilities,
including accruals and other creditors, and amounts due to group
undertakings, are initially recognised at transaction price, unless
the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, where the debt
instrument is measured at the present value of the future receipts
discounted at a market rate of interest.
Other creditors are obligations to
pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary
course of business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified
as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less.
If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities. Trade
payables are recognised initially at transaction price and
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective
interest method.
Financial liabilities are
derecognised when the liability is extinguished, that is when the
contractual obligation is discharged, cancelled or
expires.
2.12 Operating lease
assets
Leases that do not transfer all of
the risks of ownership are classified as operating leases. Payments
under operating leases are charged to the profit and loss account
on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
2.13 Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as
equity.
2.14 Related parties
The Company discloses transactions
with related parties which are not wholly owned by the same group.
It does not disclose transactions with members of the same group
that are wholly owned.
3
Critical accounting estimates and
judgements in applying accounting polices
Estimates, assumptions and
judgements are used in the application of accounting policies in
these financial statements. Critical accounting estimates are those
which involve the most complex or subjective judgements or
assessments. Estimates, assumptions and judgements are evaluated
continually and are based on historical experience and other
factors, including expectations of future
events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.
Actual outcomes may differ from assumptions and estimates made by
management.
There are no areas in which the
Company applies significant accounting estimates or
assumptions.
4
Investment in subsidiary
companies
The following schedule reflects
the Company's subsidiary companies at the balance sheet date and at
the date of this report. All companies are wholly owned and
incorporated in the Isle of Man, except where indicated.
Subsidiary company
Hansard International
Limited
Hansard Worldwide Limited
(incorporated in The Bahamas)
Hansard Europe Designated Activity
Company (incorporated in the Republic of Ireland)
Hansard Development Services
Limited
Hansard Administration Services
Limited
The holding value of the Company's
investment in its subsidiaries is assessed annually for evidence of
impairment. This assessment considers, among other factors, the
cost versus carrying value of the investment, future dividend
flows, going concern and the Value of In-Force of the Company's
subsidiaries in order to confirm there are no indicators of
impairment identified.
5
Amounts due from / (due to)
subsidiary companies
The Company and various subsidiary
companies within the Group perform services for other Group
companies in the normal course of business. All balances are
unsecured, interest free and repayable on demand.
6
Intangible
assets
The historical cost of computer
software is the purchase cost and the direct cost of internal
development. Computer software is recognised as an intangible
asset.
|
|
|
|
2024
£m
|
2023
£m
|
Cost as at 1 July
|
19.9
|
13.3
|
Additions
|
3.8
|
6.6
|
Amortisation
|
(0.5)
|
-
|
Cost as at 30 June
|
23.2
|
19.9
|
The asset was brought into use as
at 1 March 2024 and will be amortised over 15 years based on
management's assessment of the useful economic life of the
asset.
The cost of computer software
includes £13.6m of externally generated costs (2023: £11.2m) and
£10.1m of internally generated costs (2023: £8.7m). Amortisation
includes £0.3m of externally generated costs (2023: £Nil) and £0.2m
of internally generated costs (2023: £Nil).
7
Property, plant and
equipment
Depreciation is included in the
profit and loss account and calculated in line with the accounting
policy published above.
|
2024
|
2023
|
Carrying Values
|
£m
|
£m
|
Property, plant and
equipment
|
0.3
|
0.4
|
Property, plant and equipment is
stated at historical cost less depreciation and any impairment. The
historical cost of property, computer equipment and fixtures &
fittings is the purchase cost, together with any incremental costs
directly attributable to the acquisition.
Depreciation is calculated so as
to amortise the cost of tangible assets, less their estimated
residual values, on a straight-line basis over the expected useful
economic lives of the assets concerned and is included in
administration and other expenses in the statement of comprehensive
income.
The carrying amount, residual
value and useful life of the Company's plant and equipment is
reviewed annually to determine whether there is any indication of
impairment, or a change in residual value or expected useful life.
If there is any indication of impairment, the asset's carrying
value is revised.
The economic lives used for this
purpose are:
Fixtures & fittings
4-10 years
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
Fixtures and fittings
|
£m
|
£m
|
Cost as at 1 July
Additions
|
1.2
-
|
1.2
-
|
Cost as at 30 June
|
1.2
|
1.2
|
Accumulated Depreciation as at 1
July
Charge for the year
|
(0.8)
(0.1)
|
(0.7)
(0.1)
|
Accumulated depreciation as at 30 June
|
(0.9)
|
(0.8)
|
Net Book Value
|
0.3
|
0.4
|
8
Share capital
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Authorised:
|
|
|
|
200,000,000 ordinary shares of
50p
|
100.0
|
100.0
|
Issued and fully paid:
|
|
|
137,557,079 (2023: 137,557,079)
ordinary shares of 50p
|
68.8
|
68.8
|
During the year no shares were
issued or bought back (2023: nil).
The Company has previously
received clearance from the London Stock Exchange to list a maximum
of 1,200,000 shares necessary to meet its obligations to employees under the terms of the employee
share save (SAYE) scheme. As at 30 June 2024 924,123 shares
remained available for listing (2023: 924,123).
9
Related party
transactions
The company has wholly owned
subsidiaries as referred to in Note 4. Dr L S Polonsky is regarded as the controlling shareholder of
the Group, as defined by the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct
Authority.
During the year fees totalling
£0.3m (2023: £0.3m) were paid to Non-executive
Directors.
The aggregate remuneration paid to
key management of the Company for the year ended 30 June was as
follows:
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Salaries, wages and
bonuses
|
1.7
|
1.8
|
10 Equity settled share-based
payments
10.1 SAYE program
Shareholders have approved a Save
as You Earn ("SAYE") share save program for employees. The scheme
is a standard SAYE plan, approved by the Revenue Authorities in the
Isle of Man and is available to eligible employees. Under the terms
of the scheme, individuals can invest up to £500 per month for a
three or five-year period to purchase shares at a price not less
than 80% of the market price on the date of the invitation to
participate.
The scheme can be operated annually, with the
option price and awards criteria normally being established in
February. No scheme was issued during the years ended 30 June 2021
to 30 June 2024. The estimated fair value
of the schemes and the imputed cost for the period under review is
not material to these financial statements.
Details are available in note 24
to the consolidated financial statements.
10.2 Incentive Plan Employee Benefit Trust
An Employee Benefit Trust was
established in February 2018 to hold shares awarded to employees as
an incentive on a deferred basis. Shares awarded under the scheme
are purchased by the Trust in the open market and held until
vesting. Awards made under the scheme would normally vest after
three years. The shares are granted at fair value which is based on
the market value of the shares on that date.
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
No. of
|
No.
of
|
Share Awards
|
|
Shares
|
Shares
|
Outstanding at start of
period
|
|
601,684
|
-
|
Granted
|
|
463,823
|
631,446
|
Forfeited
|
|
(64,608)
|
(29,762)
|
Vested
|
|
(74,899)
|
-
|
Outstanding at end of
period
|
|
926,000
|
601,684
|
The Trust has been funded by way
of a loan, and as at 30 June 2024 the outstanding balance on the
loan was £554,000 (30 June 2023: £223,000). As at 30 June 2024 the
Trust held 1,257,000 shares (2023: 557,000). 74,899 shares
vested during the year ended 30 June 2024 (2023: none) and have not
yet been transferred.
|
|
2024
|
2023
|
|
|
No. of
|
No.
of
|
Shares Held by the Trust
|
|
Shares
|
Shares
|
Outstanding at start of
period
|
|
557,000
|
12,000
|
Granted
|
|
700,000
|
545,000
|
Forfeited
|
|
-
|
-
|
Transferred following
vesting
|
|
-
|
-
|
Outstanding at end of
period
|
|
1,257,000
|
557,000
|
During the period the expense
arising from share-based payment transactions was £0.1m (2023:
£0.05m).
11
Events after the
reporting period
This report for the year ended 30
June 2024 was approved for issue on 25 September 2024. No material
events have occurred between the reporting date and the issue date
that require disclosure under IAS 10.
OTHER INFORMATION
Risk Based Solvency Capital
A) Risk Based
Solvency capital position
The Group is subject to the Isle
of Man Insurance (Group Supervision) Regulations 2019.
It has adopted the default
consolidated accounts method ("Method 1") to calculate the Group
Solvency Capital Requirement ("SCR") and Own Funds as required by
these regulations. The solvency position as 30 June 2024 has been
reported below on this basis.
The Group shareholder Risk Based
Solvency surplus at 30 June 2024 was £39.4m (30 June 2023:
£44.6m;), before allowing for payment of the 2024 final ordinary
dividend.
All Risk Based Solvency and
related data presented in this section is subject to change prior
to submission to regulatory authorities.
|
|
30 June
|
30
June
|
Group Risk Based Solvency capital position
|
|
2024
Total
|
2023
Total
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Own Funds
|
|
119.6
|
124.9
|
Solvency Capital
Requirement
|
|
80.2
|
80.3
|
Free assets
|
|
39.4
|
44.6
|
Solvency ratio (%)
|
|
149%
|
156%
|
All Own Funds are considered Tier
1 capital.
The following compares Own Funds
as at 30 June 2024 and 30 June 2023:
|
30 June
2024
|
30
June
2023
|
|
Own Funds
£m
|
Own
Funds
£m
|
Value of In-Force
|
110.8
|
124.4
|
Risk Margin
|
(12.6)
|
(24.9)
|
Net Worth
|
21.4
|
25.4
|
Total
|
119.6
|
124.9
|
B) Analysis of movement in Group Solvency
surplus
A summary of the movement in Group
Solvency surplus from £44.6m at 30 June 2023 to £39.4m at 30 June
2024 is set out in the table below.
|
|
|
£m
|
Risk Based Solvency surplus at 30
June 2023
|
44.6
|
Operating experience
|
(5.5)
|
Investment performance
|
5.3
|
Changes in assumptions
|
0.9
|
Impact of dividends
paid
|
(5.5)
|
Foreign exchange
|
(0.4)
|
Risk Based Solvency surplus at 30
June 2024
|
39.4
|
The movement in Group Risk Based
Solvency surplus the 2024 financial year was the result of
dividends paid, operating experience and negative exchange rate
movements, offset by changes in assumptions and positive investment
market performance. The change in assumptions captures the impact
of the recent change to the Risk Margin calculation methodology
implemented by the IOMFSA.
New business written had a
negative £4.4m
impact on solvency surplus for the period.
C)
Analysis of Group Solvency Capital Requirement
The analysis of the Group's
Solvency Capital Requirement ("SCR") by risk type is as
follows:
Split of the Group's Solvency Capital Requirement
*
|
30 June
2024
|
30
June
2023
|
Risks
|
% of SCR
|
% of
SCR
|
Market
|
|
|
Equity
|
46%
|
44%
|
Currency
|
12%
|
14%
|
Insurance
|
|
|
Lapse
|
48%
|
50%
|
Expense
|
19%
|
17%
|
Default
|
2%
|
2%
|
Operational
|
19%
|
18%
|
* Figures are the capital
requirements prior to diversification benefits expressed as a
percentage of the final diversified SCR.
D) Reconciliation of IFRS equity to Group Risk Based Solvency Shareholder Own
Funds
|
|
30 June
2024
|
30
June
2023
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
IFRS shareholders'
equity
|
|
20.8
|
21.8
|
Elimination of DOC
|
|
(112.1)
|
(117.8)
|
Elimination of DIR
|
|
140.2
|
144.8
|
Value of In-Force
|
|
110.8
|
124.4
|
Liability valuation
differences*
|
|
(3.4)
|
(3.5)
|
Impact of risk margin
|
|
(12.6)
|
(24.9)
|
Other**
|
|
(24.1)
|
(19.9)
|
Risk Based Solvency Shareholder
Own Funds
|
|
119.6
|
124.9
|
* Liability valuation differences relate to additional
provisions made for risk-based capital purposes, notably for
contingent liabilities.
** Other is related to
Intangible Assets not recognised on the solvency balance
sheet.
E) Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity of the Own Funds
of the Group and of the Group's life insurance subsidiaries to
significant changes in market conditions is as follows:
|
|
30 June
2024
|
30
June
2023
|
|
|
Group
|
Group
|
|
|
£m
|
£m
|
Own Funds
|
|
119.6
|
124.9
|
Impact of:
|
|
|
|
10% instantaneous
fall in equity markets
|
|
(8.3)
|
(8.6)
|
100 basis points
decrease in interest rates
|
|
(0.4)
|
(0.8)
|
10% increase in
expenses
|
|
(7.2)
|
(7.4)
|
1% increase in
expense inflation
|
|
(4.6)
|
(5.3)
|
10% strengthening of
sterling
|
|
(9.6)
|
(11.5)
|
Glossary
Annualised premium equivalent ("APE")
An industry measure of insurance
new business sales. It is calculated as the sum of regular premiums
and 10% of single premiums written in the year.
Assets under administration ("AUA")
A measure of the total assets that
the Group administers on behalf of contract holders, who have
selected an external third-party investment manager.
Compensation Credit ("CC")
The Group's prime indicator of calculating new business
production, weighted where appropriate. This indicates the relative
value of each piece of new business and is used, therefore, in the
calculation of commission payable.
Corporate Governance Code ("the Code")
The UK Corporate Governance Code
sets out guidance in the form of principles and provisions on how
companies should be directed and controlled to follow good
governance practice. The Financial Reporting Council requires
companies listed in the UK to disclose how they have applied
principles of the Code and whether they have complied with its
provisions throughout the accounting year. Where the provisions
have not been complied with, companies must provide an explanation
for this.
Covered business
The in-force business of the
Group, including all contracts issued by the Group's life insurance
subsidiaries and subsidiaries providing administration,
distribution and other services, as at the valuation date. It
excludes the value of any future new business that the Group may
write after the valuation date.
Deferred origination costs ("DOC")
The method of accounting whereby
origination costs of long-term business are deferred in the balance
sheet as an asset and amortised over the life of those contracts.
This leads to a smoothed recognition of up-front expenses instead
of the full cost in the year of sale.
Deferred income ("DIR")
The method of accounting whereby
front-end fees that relate to services to be provided in future
periods are deferred in the balance sheet as a liability and
amortised over the life of those contracts. This leads to a
smoothed recognition of up-front income instead of the full income
in the year of sale.
Discounting
The reduction to present value at
a given date of a future cash transaction at an assumed rate, using
a discount factor reflecting the time value of money.
Earnings per share ("EPS")
EPS is a commonly used financial
metric which can be used to measure the profitability and strength
of a company over time. EPS is calculated by dividing profit by the
number of ordinary shares. Basic EPS uses the weighted average
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS
adjusts the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding
to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, for
example share awards and share options awarded to
employees.
Economic assumptions
Assumptions in relation to future
interest rates, investment returns, inflation, and tax.
Enterprise risk management ("ERM")
programme.
The Framework of governance, risk
management and internal control arrangements implemented by the
Group to promote identification, monitoring and management of
existing and emerging risks.
Group
Hansard Global plc and its
subsidiaries.
Growth investment spend
Costs we incur investing in the
future of our business, including technology to support our
growth.
Independent Financial Advisors ("IFAs")
A person or organisation
authorised to give advice on financial matters and to sell the
products of financial service providers. Outside the UK IFAs may be
referred to by other names.
In-force
Long-term business which has been
written before the period end and which has not terminated before
the period end.
International Financial Reporting Standards
("IFRS")
International Financial Reporting
Standards are accounting standards issued by the International
Accounting Standards Board ("IASB"). The Group's consolidated
financial statements are required to be prepared in accordance with
IFRS as adopted by the United
Kingdom to allow comparable reporting
between companies.
IFRS equity per share
Total IFRS equity divided by the
diluted number of issued shares at the end of the
period.
Key performance indicator ("KPI")
This is one of a number of
measures by reference to which the development, performance or
position of the business can be measured effectively.
Maintenance expenses
Expenses related to the servicing
of the in-force book of business (including investment and
termination expenses and a share of overheads).
Net worth
The market value of the
shareholders' funds, determined on an IFRS basis, adjusted to
exclude certain assets such as the deferred origination costs and
liabilities such as deferred income and to add back any
non-admissible assets. This has been adjusted for statutory
reserves on the "Own Funds" basis.
New business contribution ("NBC")
The expected present value of all
future cash flows attributable to shareholders from new business.
NBC is calculated after the effect of any frictional costs. Unless
otherwise stated, it is also quoted net of tax. It is calculated at
point of sale. NBC is shown after allowing for the cost of required
capital, calculated on the same basis as in-force
business.
New business margin ("NBM")
NBC expressed as a percentage of
PVNBP. This measures whether new business written is adding value
or eroding value. It is a measure of profitability (not profit),
comparing the expected profit (or losses) with the value of
expected premiums.
New business strain ("NBS")
Costs involved in acquiring new
business (such as commission payments to intermediaries, expenses,
and reserves) affecting the insurance company's financial position
at that point and where all of the income from that new business
(including premiums and investment income) has not yet been
received and will not be received until a point in the future. To
begin with, therefore, a strain may be created where cash outflows
exceed inflows.
Origination costs
Expenses related to the
procurement and processing of new business written including a
share of overheads. Sometimes known as acquisition
costs.
Own Funds
Those funds as defined under
Solvency II, comprising Basic Own Funds and Ancillary Own Funds.
Basic Own Funds consist of the excess of assets over
liabilities as valued in accordance with Solvency II rules.
Ancillary Own Funds consist of items other than Basic Own
Funds which can be called up to absorb losses such as unpaid share
capital or letters of credit and guarantees. The Group does
not have any such Ancillary Own Funds.
Present value of new business premiums
("PVNBP")
The industry measure of insurance
new business sales under the European Embedded Value methodology.
It is calculated as 100% of single premiums plus the expected
present value of new regular premiums.
Regular premium
A regular premium contract (as
opposed to a single premium contract), is one where the contract
holder agrees at inception to make regular payments throughout the
term of the contract.
Risk Based Solvency
Solvency calculated according to
the Isle of Man Insurance (Long-term business Valuation and
Solvency) Regulations 2021. A solvency regime designed to be
capable of a positive Solvency II equivalence
assessment.
Risk discount rate
The present value of a future cash
amount depends on its currency and the time until it will become
available. The present value is determined using a discount rate
that reflects currency and timing. Discount rates are set based on
swap rates for the relevant currency determined at year-long
intervals for amounts in GBP, EUR, USD and JPY up to year 30, and
the year 30 rate thereafter. This covers over 95% of the future
expected cash amounts by funds under management: other currencies
are assumed to be subject to the GBP rate. Year 1 rates are used to
unwind the existing business and are shown separately in the
disclosures.
Single premium
A single premium contract (as
opposed to a regular premium contract (see above)), involves the
payment of one premium at inception with no obligation for the
contract holder to make subsequent additional payments.
Solvency II
The EU-wide regulatory regime
which aims to more closely align solvency capital to an insurer's
risk profile. It came into force on 1 January 2016.
Unit-linked policy
A policy where the benefits are
determined by reference to the investment performance of a
specified pool of assets referred to as the unit-linked
fund.
Value of In-force
("VIF")
The present value of expected
future shareholder profits less the present value cost of holding
capital required to support the in-force business.
Financial Calendar
Financial Calendar for the financial year ending 30 June
2025
|
Annual General Meeting
|
13 November 2024
|
Payment date for final
dividend
|
14 November 2024
|
Publication of half-yearly
results
|
6 March 2025
|
Declaration of interim
dividend
|
6 March 2025
|
Ex-dividend date for interim
dividend
|
13 March 2025
|
Record date for interim
dividend
|
14 March 2025
|
Payment of interim
dividend
|
24 April 2025
|
Announcement of results for the
year ended 30 June 2024
|
25 September 2025
|
Declaration of final
dividend
|
25 September 2025
|
Ex-dividend date for final
dividend
|
2 October 2025
|
Record date for final
dividend
|
3 October 2025
|
Annual General Meeting
|
5 November 2025
|
Payment date for final
dividend
|
13 November 2025
|
Registered Office
55 Athol Street
Douglas
Isle of Man
IM99 1QL
Tel: +44 (0)1624 688000
Fax: +44 (0)1624 688008
www.hansard.com
|
Media Enquiries
Camarco 107 Cheapside
London
EC2V 6DN
Tel: +44 (0)20 3757 4980
|
President
Dr Leonard S Polonsky,
CBE
Leonard.Polonsky@hansard.com
|
Broker
Panmure Liberum Limited
Ropemaker Place, Level
12
25 Ropemaker Street
London
EC2Y 9LY
Tel. +44 (0)20 7886
2500
|
Non-executive Chair
Philip Kay
Philip.Kay@hansard.com
|
Registrar
Link Market Services (Isle of Man)
Limited
PO Box 227
Peveril Buildings
Peveril Square
Douglas
Isle of Man
IM99 1RZ
Tel (UK): 0871 664
0300*
Tel: +44 (0)20 8639 3399
|
Financial Advisor
Rothschild & Co
New Court
St Swithin's Lane
London
EC4N 8AL
Tel: +44 (0)20 780 1966
|
Independent Auditor
KPMG Audit LLC
Heritage Court
41 Athol Street
Douglas
Isle of Man
IM1 1LA
Tel: +44 (0)1624 681000
|
UK Transfer Agent
Link Market Services Trustees
Limited
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham
Kent
BR3 4TU
Tel (UK): 0871 664 0300
*
Tel: +44 (0)20 8639 3399
|
*NB: 0871 Number - calls cost 12p
per minute plus network extras. If you are outside the United
Kingdom, please call +44 371 664 0300. Calls outside the United
Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. The
helpline is open between 9.00 am - 5.30 pm, Monday to Friday
excluding public holidays in England and Wales.
|